2005-ifx-muenker-spurious sidebands phase noise basics 20051220
TRANSCRIPT
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebandsin Frequency Synthesizers
Christian Munker
−10 −8 −6 −4 −2 0 2 4 6 8 10
−0.6
−0.4
−0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
x
J ( x )
i=0
i=1
i=2
i=3
i
Version 3.2
December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Contents
I PLL Basics 9
1 Introduction 11
2 Around The Loop in a Day 13
2.1 Basic PLL Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.1.1 A Linear Model for the PLL? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.1.2 Excess Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1.3 A linear model! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2 Type I PLLs (Averaging Loop Filter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2.1 Type I, second order PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2.2 Time Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.2.3 Frequency Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.2.4 Type I, second / third order PLL, with one zero . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.3 Type II PLLs (Integrating Loop Filter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.3.1 Type II, second order PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.3.2 Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.3.3 Type II, third order PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.3.4 Dual Path Loop Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.4 Comparison of Type I and Type II PLLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.4.1 Type I PLLs (Averaging Loop Filter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.5 Loop Filter Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.5.1 Averaging Loop Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.5.2 Integrating Loop Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.6 Post-Filter and Higher Order PLLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.6.1 Attenuation of Reference Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3 PLL Building Blocks 37
3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373.2 Phase Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.2.1 Analog Multiplier (Type 1 PD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.2.2 EXOR (Type 2 PD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.2.3 EXOR + FD (Perrott) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.2.4 JK Flip-Flop (Type 3 PD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.2.5 Tristate PFD (Type 4 PD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.2.6 Hogge’s Phase Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.2.7 (Modified) Triwave Phase Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.3 Charge Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.3.1 Single Ended Designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.3.2 The Dead Zone and How to Get Around It . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.3.3 Charge Pumps and Two-State Phase Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.4 Loop Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.5 Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
4 CONTENTS
3.5.1 Dual Modulus Prescaler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.5.2 Multi Modulus Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.5.3 High-Speed Flip Flops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.5.4 Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.6 VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4 Fractional-N PLLs 53
4.1 First Order Fractional-N PLLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.2 Higher Order Fractional-N PLLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
4.2.1 Sampling and Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
4.2.2 Delta Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.2.3 Principle of Sigma-Delta Modulation (SDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.2.4 Different Architectures for Sigma-Delta Modulators . . . . . . . . . 63
4.2.5 Performance Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
5 PLL Modeling and Simulation 65
5.1 Loop Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
5.1.1 Bilinear Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
5.1.2 1st Order Low Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.1.3 2nd Order Low Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.1.4 Third Order Low Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.1.5 Integrating Loop Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.1.6 Loop Filter Modeling in VHDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
5.1.7 Loop Filter Modeling Using Exponential Functions . . . . . . . . . . 73
5.2 VCO Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
5.3 Accuracy Limitation of Sampled / Quasi-Analog Models . . . . . . . . . . . 73
5.3.1 Amplitude Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
5.3.2 Timing Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.4 Noise Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.4.1 Event Driven Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.5 Spectral Estimation of Simulation Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
II Spurious Sidebands 81
6 Reference Frequency Feedthrough 83
6.1 FM / PM Modulation Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.2 Sinusoidal Disturbance of Tuning Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
6.3 Periodic Disturbances of Tuning Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
6.4 Sidebands Induced By DC Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886.5 Narrow Pulses on the Tuning Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
6.6 The Magical Mystery Spur: Dividing Spurious Sidebands . . . . . . . . . . . 95
7 Other Sources of Spurious Sidebands 97
7.1 Spurious Sidebands Depending on the Output Frequency (α -Spurs) . . . . . 98
7.1.1 RF Leakage Into the System Frequency Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
7.2 Spurious Sidebands Depending on the VCO Frequency (β -Spurs) . . . . . . 101
7.2.1 VCO / LO Leakage Into the System / Reference Frequency Path . . . 101
7.2.2 System Frequency Harmonics’ Spurious . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
7.2.3 Fractional-N Spurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7.3 Spurious Sidebands Tracking the Carrier (γ -Spurs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
7.3.1 Reference Frequency Modulating the VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7.3.2 System Frequency Modulating the VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.3.3 Reference / System Frequency Modulating the LO Distribution . . . 107
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
CONTENTS 5
7.3.4 LF Injection into the System Frequency Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7.4 Intermodulation Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
8 Spurious of Fractional-N PLLs 111
8.1 Spurious Sidebands of First Order Fractional-N PLLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
III Phase Noise and Jitter 115
9 Phase Noise and Jitter 117
9.1 Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
9.1.1 Jitter of Driven Systems (PM Jitter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
9.1.2 Jitter of Autonomous Systems (FM Jitter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
9.2 Jitter Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
9.2.1 Cycle Jitter (or Cycle-to-Cycle Jitter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1189.2.2 Period Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
9.2.3 Long-Term Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
9.2.4 Accumulated Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
9.2.5 Absolute Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
9.2.6 Allen-Variation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
9.3 Phase Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
9.4 Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
10 Noise In The PLL 123
10.1 Noise Transfer Properties of the PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
10.1.1 The Famous PLL Noise Formula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
10.2 Noise Contributors in the PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
10.2.1 Divider Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
10.2.2 Phase Detector and Charge Pump Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
10.2.3 Reference Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
10.2.4 VCO Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
10.2.5 Noise of Loop Filter Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
IV Related Fields 137
11 Modulation and Demodulation 139
11.1 Digital Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
11.2 Digital Demodulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
V The Toolbox 141
A Fourier and Laplace Analysis and Synthesis 143
A.1 Fourier Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
A.2 Fourier Integral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
A.3 Discrete / Fast Fourier Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
A.4 Some Fourier Transformations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
B Noise 149
B.1 Statistical Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
B.2 Thermal Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
B.3 Flicker Noise (1/f Noise) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
B.4 Shot Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
6 CONTENTS
B.5 Bandlimited Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
C Switching and Sampling 153
C.1 Switched Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
C.2 Sampled Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
C.3 Switched (Cyclostationary) Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
C.4 Intermodulation of Two Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
C.5 Clipped Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
D FM / PM Signals 161
D.1 Sinusoidal Modulation Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
D.2 Periodic Modulation Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
D.3 Phase / Frequency Shift Keying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
D.4 Statistical Modulation Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
E Signal Energy and Power 167
E.1 The Basics: Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
E.2 The Basics: Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
E.3 Power of a Periodic Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
E.3.1 Calculation of Signal Power in the Time Domain . . . . . . . . . . . 168
E.3.2 Calculation of Signal Power from the Auto-Correlation Function . . . 169
E.3.3 Calculation of Signal Power in the Frequency Domain . . . . . . . . 169
E.4 Power of Statistical Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
E.5 Power of FM / PM Modulated Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
F Second Order (PT2) Approximation 173
F.1 Basic PT2 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
F.2 PT2 System with a Zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
G Bits and Pieces 177
G.1 Normal Distribution and Error Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
G.2 Bessel Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
G.3 Trigonometric Theorems and Identities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
G.4 Quadratic Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
G.5 Differentials and Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
H Variable and Acronym Definitions 185
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
CONTENTS 7
PrefaceThe most exciting phrase to hear in
science, the one that heralds new
discoveries, is not ”Eureka!” (I
found it!) but ”That’s funny...”
Isaac Asimov
The purpose of computing is insight,
not numbers.
R.W. Hamming, Numerical
Methods for Engineers and
Scientists.
The spark which started off this script was a commercial, three day course on PLLs which
I attended back in the year 2000. The material of the course was so badly organized and
contained so many errors that I grew angry and thought ”I can do better than that!”.
It turned out that this was not so easy to achieve but I tried to write down the basics, little
secrets and the dirty tricks of PLL design while learning them myself. In the beginning I did
this to structure the complex material for myself, later on colleagues got interested and now
the basic theory chapters also serve as a compendium for students attending my PLL lectures.
My goal of working as an engineer always is to boil problems down to a level of complexity
where it can be tackled using ”back-of-the-envelope” formulas. True, sometimes the enve-
lope has to be quite large, but I still believe in the old GIGO mantra: garbage in, garbage
out. Running complex simulations without understanding the basic mechanisms and model
limitations gives very accurate results - for a different reality. In a way, the power of modern
simulation tools and computers leads to less understanding because you are no longer forced
to work out the core of the problem manually.
Of course, computer simulations have become an essential part of PLL design. But be-
fore firing up the simulator, you should find a simulation methodology with a suitable level
of abstraction and simplification. Some theoretical background helps to decide whatever is
”‘suitable”’ for a given system. And after the simulation, results should be checked for plau-
sibility on the back of the famous envelope. Therefore, the chapter on PLL modeling will be
extended in the near future.
This script is a work-in-progress with lots of loose ends, nevertheless I hope it will help you
to get in ”loop”. Feedback ([email protected]) is most welcome!
Munich, February 2005,
Christian M¨ unker
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
8 CONTENTS
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Part I
PLL Basics
9
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 1
Introduction
It ain’t necessarily so...
George Gershwin
Frequency synthesizers are among the most critical components of modern communication
systems. They create the local oscillator (LO) signal that serves as the RF carrier to transmit
data over the air or some kind of wire-bound interface and to mix the received signal back
down into the baseband domain. Frequency synthesis is usually achieved using some kind of
phase locked loop (PLL) which locks the signal of a high frequency oscillator to the signal
of a stable reference oscillator with a selectable frequency ratio. In the future, direct digitalsynthesis (DDS) and RF analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) combined with advanced digi-
tal signal processing will find their way into more RF systems due to their superior channel
switching speed and reproducibility. Nowadays, these methods are still too power hungry
and expensive for most consumer wireless applications, therefore only PLLs are treated here.
An ideal carrier signal would be a pure sinusoid, showing a single spectral line. In reality,
there are always random noise and other disturbances, corrupting the signals. In the time do-
main, these disturbances show as jitter which e.g. reduces the “data eye” of a clock and data
recovery unit. In the frequency domain, noise broadens the signal spectrum, i.e. the carrier
now has a frequency distribution instead of one single line. It also shows as a “noise floor”,
far away from the carrier. Additionally, there may be discrete sidebands of the carrier, caused
by some periodic disturbance signal. These lines are called spurious sidebands (fig. 1.1).
Vctrl + ve
Vctrl
Tref
|S (f)|vco
f 0
f 0 ref −f f
0+f
ref t f
Figure 1.1: Disturbance of the VCO control voltage producing phase noise and spurious
sidebands on the VCO output
11
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
12 Introduction
Spectral purity has become very important as more and more network subscribers are being
tucked into the limited number of frequency channels, making bandwidth a valuable resource
that may not be wasted by spurious emissions. In order to use this resource most effectively,
frequency synthesizers have to fulfill ever increasing demands:
• Fast settling time: GSM and some other communications standards use frequency di-
vision duplexing (FDD) / time division multiple access (TDMA) which require chang-
ing frequencies between every receive and transmit slot. For optimum usage of time
and frequency slots, this “frequency hopping” has to be as fast and smooth as possible.
• Low phase noise: Wide band noise from the local oscillator can leak into other fre-
quency channels during transmission, disturbing other subscribers. While receiving,
local oscillator wide band noise can mix large signal disturbances down into the tar-
get channel, desensitizing the receiver. Noise within the channel bandwidth is also
unwanted because it increases the bit error rate (BER) for both receive and transmit
case.
• Low spurious sidebands: Unwanted sidebands of the receive / transmit center fre-
quency have similar effects as noise.
• Low power: Portable devices have only limited energy supplies, frequency synthesiz-
ers have to save power just like other building blocks.
These requirements have to be fulfilled with less (and less expensive) components in short de-
sign cycles to be competitive. However, phase locked loops are complex building blocks that
are hard to analyze in a strictly mathematical way and hard to simulate. This tutorial tries to
bridge the gap between precise computer simulations, giving little insight into system mech-
anisms, and between hand-waving simplifications allowing only qualitative answers based
on questionable assumptions. Currently, there is little material available covering the aspects
of spurious sidebands and phase noise generation in PLLs in depth while still keeping anengineering point of view:, complexity must be reduced to achieve an understanding of the
system that allows making the right design choices in a short time without losing too much
accuracy.
Part I reviews some PLL basics needed for the following analyses: chapter 2 takes a walk
round the loop and looks at PLLs from a control theory point of view, with the focus on
different loop filter architectures and their influence on settling time etc. A novel approach
is presented for approximating the influence of the loop filter on spurious and phase noise
performance that will be used throughout this tutorial. Chapter 3 covers the building blocks
of a PLL like phase detector, VCO etc. and their influence on system behavior.
Part II looks at the mechanisms of spurious sideband generation: chapter 6 starts with alittle modulation theory to explain how low frequency disturbances in the system can cre-
ate spurious sidebands in the radio frequency domain. Some typical examples of real-life
disturbances are analyzed, leading to simple equations that allow making intelligent design
decisions. Chapter 7 gives an overview of different disturbance mechanisms in PLLs, go-
ing a little further into the details of practical PLL design. In chapter 8, the specialties of
fractional-N PLLs concerning spurious generation are analyzed.
Part III deals with noise in PLLs: After an introduction to the concepts of phase noise and
jitter in chapter 9, chapter 10, covers the noise mechanisms in different blocks and their
contribution to the overall PLL noise.
Finally, Part IV is as a kind of ”toolbox” with some of the mathematical tools needed for
PLL analysis: Fourier analysis, noise and modulation theory etc. are explained in greater
detail than in the main parts.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 2
Around The Loop in a Day
Wichtig ist, was hinten raus kommt.
H. Kohl
Overview: This chapter gives an introduction to PLL behavior from a signal
/ control theory point of view. A simple, linear model is used to develop
concepts like bandwidth, phase margin and settling time. The focus is on the
different behavior for PLLs containing one or two integrators (type I / type
II). Finally, an approximation for loop filter transimpedance is derived that makes PLL analysis in the frequency domain easier.
2.1 Basic PLL Theory
2.1.1 A Linear Model for the PLL?
Essentially, a PLL is a strongly non-linear system, especially during the lock-in process.
Time-domain analysis is required to treat design problems like capture range or jitter sup-
pression. Simulations in the time domain are tedious, mathematical analysis is very difficult
if not impossible.
This makes small-signal analysis - i.e. regarding the frequency response - a desirable alterna-
tive: It gives valuable informations concerning loop stability (phase margin) and bandwidth,
settling time or noise transfer of a system. This is especially interesting for systems which
have to fulfill requirements concerning spectral purity like frequency synthesizers for wire-
less applications. The main advantage of small-signal analysis (as usual) are its simplicity
and speed, allowing back-of-the-envelope calculations and fast design optimizations. How-
ever, it requires a linear time-invariant (LTI) system - which a PLL (as initially stated) clearly
isn’t. Still, the benefits of this analysis are so dramatic that a lot of bold simplifications are
made just to run this analysis on a PLL:
•The signal frequencies at both inputs of the phase detector are the same. In reality, this
is only true when the PLL is in or near lock. Having only one frequency in the system1
1PLLs with a divider by N can also be treated as we’ll see soon.
13
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
14 Around The Loop in a Day
allows using the concept of phase and of complex frequencies.
• The reference frequency is at least 10 times higher than the PLL bandwidth. This al-
lows aproximating the discrete-time blocks (phase detector, divider) as time-continous
blocks.
• The changes in phase difference at the phase detector are so small that the building
blocks behave in a linear way. When the phase difference approaches ±π or ±2π (depending on the PD) the transfer function may become very non-linear and finally
even non-monotonous.
That settled, we’ll develop a linear model with simple behavioral models that predicts the
main dynamic features of a PLL. The different building blocks of a PLL will be discussed in
detail in chapter 3.
A more in-depth treatment of loop dynamics can be found in [ Gar79], [Bes98], [Roh97, pp.
1 - 78].
2.1.2 Excess Phase
Under these assumptions, signals in the loop are ”nearly periodic”, i.e. periodic with a phase
modulation φ e(t ):
s(t ) = A cos(ω 0t +φ e(t )) (2.1.1)
The total phase of the signal s(t ) is
φ 0(t ) = ω 0t +φ e(t ) (2.1.2)
As we assumed that the signals in the PLL have a constant frequency, the phase component
ω 0t merely rises in a linear way with time. This is somewhat boring and predictable - we are
more interested in deviations from this linear behavior: the deviation is called excess phase
φ e(t ). That is also the part the PLL operates on: The phase detector calculates the difference
between reference phase and divided VCO phase. If both signals have the same frequency
(which we have assumed), the linear phase term will cancel out:
∆φ (t ) =ω 0t +φ e,re f (t )
− ω 0t +φ e,div(t )
= φ e,re f (t ) −φ e,div(t ) = φ e(t ) (2.1.3)
From now on, when talking of ”reference phase”, ”VCO phase” etc. we will actually mean
their excess phase.
Note: Altough we have assumed a constant and common frequency in the system, the instan-
tanous total (angular) frequency of the signal s(t ) in (2.1.1) is
ω (t ) = ω 0 +∂φ e(t )
∂ t
.=ω e(t )
(2.1.4)
where the second part could be defined as ”excess frequency”.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.1 Basic PLL Theory 15
2.1.3 A linear model!
With the exception of the loop filter we’ll just use a simple behavioral model of the buildingblocks in this chapter - let’s start with the phase detector (PD). We don’t care about the
implementation, it might be an analog or a digital type, with or without a charge pump -
it has two inputs for reference and (divided) VCO phase and an output whose average is
proportional to the phase difference of its two inputs. That’s all for the moment! The equation
describing PD behavior is deceivingly simple:
V PD,out (t ) = K φ ·φ re f (t )−φ div(t )
= K φ φ e(t ) (2.1.5)
The output of the phase detector is usually a voltage that pulses with the reference frequency.
We are only interested in slowly changing processes and regard its slowly changing average
voltage. From a system point of view, nobody will notice that we are cheating a little because
the loop filter does exactly this job - smoothing and averaging the phase detector output. The
proportionality factor K φ is called phase detector gain. In 2.1.5 we have silently assumed
that the PD has a voltage output - that is not necessarily so, it is only important that PD, loop
filter and VCO fit together.
In the frequency domain, the model is equally simple:
V PD,out (s) = K φ ·Φre f (s) − Φdiv(s)
= K φ Φe(s) (2.1.6)
Again, V PD,out (s) is the average PD detector voltage in the complex frequency domain.
Next in line is the loop filter - it has to be a low-pass filter, otherwise the loop won’t become
stable. Depending on system and requirements, the loop filter transfer function F (s) may
include one pole at the origin (integrator), some other poles and z zero(s) in the transferfunction. z must be less than the total number of poles p LF of the filter (otherwise it wouldn’t
be a low-pass ...). In general, the transfer function of such a low-pass can be written as
F (s) = K F (s + s z,1)(s + s z,2) · · ·(s + s z, z)
(s + s p,1)(s + s p,2) · · ·(s + s p, p)z < p (2.1.7)
In most PLL applications, the number of zeros z is 0 or 1, the number of poles p is rarely
higher than 3. The loop filter gain constant K F can have the dimension 1 (e.g. voltage in,
voltage out), but it may as well have the dimension of a transimpedance - current from the
charge pump is converted into a control voltage for the VCO.
The Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO) has an output frequency ω vco that depends on the
control voltagev
ctrl(t ) at its tuning input
2
. In our simple model, the VCO is characterizedby two constants: its free running frequency ω FR determines the output frequency when the
tuning voltage is zero. The gain factor K vco describes how much the tuning voltage changes
the output frequency:
ω vco = ω FR + K vcovctrl(t ) (2.1.8)
We are more interested in the output phase of the VCO than in its frequency which can be
derived by integrating its frequency:
Φ(s) =Ωvco(s)
s= K vco
V ctrl(s)
s(2.1.9)
The loop gain factor K O is the product of phase detector, loop filter and VCO gain factors,
K φ K F and K vco:2There are Current Controlled Oscillators (CCOs) as well.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
16 Around The Loop in a Day
K O
.= K
φ K
F K
vco(2.1.10)
The last block is the divider, which - per definition - divides the VCO frequency by N. This
block is only needed for frequency synthesis applications, it makes no sense for clock and
data recovery or skew reduction applications. Phase is also divided by N as it’s the integral
of frequency.
ω div(t ) = ω vco(t )/ N (2.1.11)
φ div(t ) = φ vco(t )/ N (2.1.12)
Now let’s put the blocks together: Figure 2.1 shows a block diagram of a PLL, fig. 2.2 its
control theory equivalent.
ω 0 , φ0
φ + ∆φref ref
φ +∆φ00
φ0
φ N=i
+
CP
PDF(s)
N
1cut hereto open loop
VCO
Divider
Loop Filter
Phase Detector /
Charge Pump
Figure 2.1: PLL block diagram
G(s)
H(s)
φ ref, φωvco vco
= φφdiv vco N
to open loopcut here Divider
PD / CP / LF / VCO
Figure 2.2: PLL block diagram - control theory point of view
Usually, the reference phase φ re f is regarded as the input and the VCO phase φ vco as the
output signal of a PLL (fig. 2.1). Then, the forward gain G(s) (no feedback path) is defined
by
G(s) =φ 0(s)
φ e(s)= K φ F (s)
K vco
s(2.1.13)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.1 Basic PLL Theory 17
As the VCO is an integrator with regard to its output phase, there is an 1/s term in the open
loop gain (pole at the origin).
The feedback transfer function H (s) is defined by the divider ratio N
H (s) =Φdiv(s)
Φvco(s)= 1/ N (2.1.14)
The product of forward and feedback transfer function is the open loop gain GH (s) (open
feedback path) of the system as
GH (s) =Φdiv(s)
Φre f (s)=
K φ K vcoF (s)
Ns(2.1.15)
As the loop filter transfer function F (s) has to be a low-pass function, the open loop gain
GH (s) also has a low pass characteristic. Its order p - which is also the order of the PLL -is the total number of poles in the open loop transfer function GH (s). It is equal to the order
of the low pass filter p LF plus one due to the VCO acting as an integrator. If the loop filter
contains another integrator, the PLL is called a Type II PLL. A “normal” loop filter without
integrator gives a Type I PLL - and there is no such thing as a Type III PLL because systems
with more than two poles at the origin (=integrator) are always unstable. Even Type II PLLs
have an open loop phase shift of 180 at low frequencies and must be stabilized by introduc-
ing a zero (which brings the phase back down) in the loop.
Now we close the loop and look at the closed loop tranfer function T (s):
T (s) =Φvco(s)
Φre f (s)
=G(s)
1 + GH (s)
=K OF (s)
s + K OF (s)/ N
(2.1.16)
First, we look at the frequency domain and do a “straight line approximation” to get a feel for
the PLL behavior. The frequency where the magnitude of the open loop gain becomes one,
|GH ( jω )| = 1, is called open loop bandwidth or unity gain frequency f c. f c is an important
parameter in PLL (and most other control systems) design. It is also roughly the frequency
where the magnitude of the closed loop gain starts dropping. The sampled principle of digital
PLLs introduces an additional delay of approx. 1/2 f re f which deteriorates the phase margin
near the reference frequency. Therefore, the phase detector reference frequency f re f has to
be significantly higher than f c.
|T ( jω )
| ≈ N for ω ω c [|GH ( jω )| 1]
|G( jω )| ∝ (ω c/ω ) p− z for ω ω c [|GH ( jω )| 1]
This shows that all PLLs have roughly the same kind of closed loop transfer function (fig.
2.3): up to the open loop bandwidth f c, the open loop gain |GH (s)| 1 and the closed loop
gain T (s) is only determined by the division ratio N in the feedback path. Changes of the
reference phase appear multiplied by the divider ratio at the output. This is very similiar to
an OP-AMP circuit whose behaviour only depends on the feedback network up to a certain
frequency.
At frequencies above f c (outside the loop bandwidth), the feedback loop is no longer effec-
tive (|GH (s)| 1) and the transfer function is only determined by the forward gain function
G(s). In this frequency range, the PLL behaves like a lowpass of order p − z, the closed
loop transfer function drops with ( p−
z)·20 dB/dec. At frequencies around f c,
|T ( jω )
|may
exhibit peaking, depending on the phase margin.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
18 Around The Loop in a Day
f −3dB B
n
ω|C(j )| log
N log
f
−3dB
Figure 2.3: Closed loop gain |T ( jω )| and noise bandwidth Bn
The -3dB bandwidth B−3dB = f p of the closed loop gain is a very important parameter, it
specifies the maximum change rate of the reference signal the PLL output still can follow. Infrequency synthesis applications, the reference frequency usually isn’t changed or modulated,
here f p gives the bandwidth for noise components on the referencesignal to influence the PLL
output. A lower bandwidth gives a better reference noise suppression. The -3dB bandwidth
is defined as the frequency where
|T ( jω )| .= |T (0)|/
√2 = N /
√2 (2.1.17)
It also gives the maximum frequency up to which noise from the VCO is suppressed by the
control loop operation - for this noise component, a smaller bandwidth means worse noise
performance (see chapter 10 for details).
In general, it is not so easy to determine the closed loop behaviour from the open loop transfer
function. For a “well behaved” system with reasonable phase margin, open and closed loopbandwidth are approximately equal, f c ≈ f p. f c = f p when T (s) is a second order system
with a phase margin of 45.
For synthesizer applications, the system’s noise bandwidth Bn of the PLL is very important:
Bn =1
2π
∞
0
|T ( jω )|2 N 2
d ω (2.1.18)
Bn is the equivalent “brick-wall” bandwidth (see B.5) of the system for noise being added at
the reference input (∆φ re f ). Bn allows a quick calculation of the output phase noise θ 2no of a
PLL if the dominant noise contribution comes from the PD inputs (reference, divider & PD
noise) and has a flat noise power spectral density N 0:
θ 2no = Bn · N 0
Ps
· N 2 (2.1.19)
where Ps is the signal power at the PLL output.
For most applications, PLLs (and other control systems as well) can be approximated by a
second order system (appendix F) which is well known in control and system theory. This
allows calculating the bandwidth, settling time, amount of peaking etc. in closedform without
a great loss of accuracy, e.g.
T (s) =N
s2/ω 2n + 2(ζ s/ω n) + 1(2.1.20)
where ω n is the eigenfrequency of the closed loop and ζ is the damping ratio. Depending
on the PLL type, the denominator may have a zero. The transient behaviour (F.1.4) depends
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.2 Type I PLLs (Averaging Loop Filter) 19
strongly on the damping ratio ζ : For ζ = 0, the two poles of T (s) sit on the imaginary axis
and the system shows undamped oscillations at the frequency ω n. Increasing the damping
ratio ζ lets the poles wander towards the negative real axis on an arc (conjugate complex
poles). In the time domain, this corresponds to an exponentially damped sinusoidal signal.
Increasing ζ reduces the overshoot and also the frequency of the ringing (fig. 2.8). For ζ > 1,
the system is overdamped ; its step response will be an exponential decay with two time con-
stants. In the PLL world, the step response (F.1.4) describes the PLL frequency response
when the reference frequency or the divider ratio makes a jump.
2.2 Type I PLLs (Averaging Loop Filter)
The most simple version of a PLL is one with a simple RC (first order) filter. This filter
averages the output of the phase detector (PD). This filter adds a pole to the open loop transferfunction but no integrator, therefore, we get a Type I, second order PLL. Let’s have a look at
the transfer function:
log
Open
Loop
Gain
(dB)
Phase
21 c
n
0 dB
−180°
−90°
0°
−20db/dec
−60db/dec
−40db/dec
mφ
ωω ω
ω
ω
Figure 2.4: Bode plot for open loop gain T ( jω ) of type I, 2nd / 3rd order PLLs (no zero)
2.2.1 Type I, second order PLL
The transfer function of a first order loop filter (fig. 2.5) is:
F (s) =1
sT 1 + 1with T 1
.= R1C 1 (2.2.1)
The open loop transfer function GH (s) becomes
GH (s) =K O
Ns (sT 1 + 1)(2.2.2)
showing one pole at the origin and one at s = −ω 1 = 1/T 1. The magnitude of the open loop
gain transfer function is
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
20 Around The Loop in a Day
R2
R1
R1 R2
C1 C2 C2C1
to VCO to VCO
I
= V
/ R 1
PD/CPPD
1st pole
2nd pole
1st pole
2nd pole
V
= I
R 1
P D
C P
P D
C P
Figure 2.5: Averaging loop filters of 1st / 2nd order (no zero)
|GH (s)| =
K O
N ω ( j −ω T 1)
=K O
N ω
1 ω 2T 21 −1
(2.2.3)
The closed loop transfer function becomes
T (s) =Φvco(s)
Φre f (s)=
G(s)
1 + GH (s)=
K OF (s)
s + K OF (s)/ N =
K Os/ω 1+1
s + K O N (s/ω 1+1)
= K O N sN (s/ω 1 + 1) + K O
= N s2 N /(K Oω 1) + sN /K O + 1
=N
s2/ω 2n + 2(ζ /ω n)s + 1=
N ω 2ns2 + 2(ζω n)s +ω 2n
(2.2.4)
⇒ s1,2 = −ω n(ζ ± ζ 2 − 1) = −ω n(ζ ± j
1−ζ 2) (2.2.5)
using the familiar notation from control theory for a second order system (see appendix F):
Natural Frequency and Damping Ratio for a Type I PLL
Natural Frequency : ω n.
=
K Oω 1
N (2.2.6)
Damping : ζ .
=N ω n2K O
=1
2
N ω 1
K O(2.2.7)
Depending on ω n and ζ , the output signal can be an exponential function, a damped sinusoid
or an undamped oscillation. The natural frequency ω n is the geometric average of loop gain
K O/ N and corner frequency of the loop filter, ω 1, i.e. some sort of gain-bandwidth-product .
It determines the frequency of oscillation (if there is one). The damping ratio ζ determines
how much damping there is in the system. Here, it directly depends on the loop filter band-
width and inversely on the loop gain
K O/ N - we’ll see that this is an undesirable correlation.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.2 Type I PLLs (Averaging Loop Filter) 21
When s → 0, T (s) → 1 which means the PLL tracks slow changes of the input phase. For fast
changes (s→
∞), T (s)→
0, indicating that the PLL has a low-pass characteristic regarding
the reference input.
The inverse Laplace transform of (2.2.4) gives the impulse response φ vco,δ (t ) of the PLL.
Depending on the damping ratio ζ , the response is an exponential function (ζ ≥ 1), an ex-
ponentially damped sinusoid (0 < ζ < 1) or an undamped oscillation (ζ = 0). In praxis,
nearly all well-designed PLLs have a ζ of 0.3 . . . 0.9 because this gives the fastest settling
time together with an acceptable overshoot (as we’ll later see):
φ vco,δ (t ) =ω ne−ζω nt
1− ζ 2sin
1−ζ 2 ω nt
for 0 < ζ < 1 (2.2.8)
(2.2.5) shows what happens when you increase the loop gain GH (s): When K O/ N = 0, ω n iszero and ζ at infinity. The roots of the closed loop transfer function T (s) are the same as the
open loop poles, s1 = 0, s2 = −ω 1 (try evaluating (2.2.5) ... (2.2.1) for the limit K O/ N → 0).
Increasing K O/ N moves the roots on the real axis until they meet in the middle at −ω 1/2
when ζ = 1. From here on, the roots become complex and part from the real axis in a 90
angle, zeta decreases furtheron. This means, the pulse response of a type I, second order
PLL becomes more oscillatory with increasing loop gain but never becomes unstable. The
trajectory of the roots can be displayed in a so called root locus diagram (fig. 2.6). (2.2.4)
shows that the roots have a constant real part of −ω 1/2 and an imaginary part of
1−ζ 2ω nfor 0 ≤ ζ < 1.
ωj
ζ =
σ
ω ζ =
OK : 0 → ∞
1−ζ 2ωn
−ω =1 RC
1
cos θ
ω1
2n
θ
Figure 2.6: Root locus diagram for typ I, first order PLL
2.2.2 Time Domain
Keep in mind that the following calculations are only correct as long |φ e(t )| < φ max which is
the maximum phase error of the PD (usually π /2 or π , depending on the type of PD). Larger
phase errors cause a ”cycle slip”, i.e. the PD skips one cycle.
Final Value:
The final value theorem of Laplace theory (2.2.9) allows to predict the settling behavior of a
system:
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
22 Around The Loop in a Day
Final Value Theorem
limt →∞
h(t ) = lims→0
sH (s) (2.2.9)
H (s) is the product of the stimulus and the system pulse response - H (s) could be the closed
loop transfer function T (s) (→ pulse response) or T (s)/s (→ step response) etc. Now, let’s
have a look what happens when our first order, type I PLL is treated with different stimuli:
limt →∞
h(t ) = lims→0
sT (s)
sk ; k = 0,1,2, . . .
= lims
→0
s1−k N
s2/ω 2n + 2(ζ /ω n)s + 1
=
0 for k = 0 (pulse response)
N for k = 1 (step response)
∞ for k ≥ 2 (ramp response)
(2.2.10)
What does this mean? A pulse disturbance of the input phase (k = 0) completely disappears
at the VCO output after a while, a phase step (k = 1) at the input appears multplied by N at
the output and a phase ramp (= frequency step, k = 2) leads to an infinitely increasing phase
at the VCO, i.e. a frequency change. This behavior is not surprising - it is exactly what a PLL
is supposed to do - and we’ll see that all PLLs behave in the same way.
Step Response
The case of step response is of special importance:
T ε (s) =T (s)
s=
1
s
N
s2/ω 2n + 2(ζ /ω n)s + 1(2.2.11)
For damping ratios between 0 and 1, the PLL will respond with an exponentially damped
sinusoidal ringing:
φ vco,ε (t ) = 1− e−ζω nt
1−ζ 2
sin
1− ζ 2 ω nt +θ
; θ = tan−1
1−ζ 2
ζ for 0 < ζ < 1
(2.2.12)
Its time constant is τ = 1/ζω n = 2T 1, the ringing frequency is
1−ζ 2 ω n. The steady-state
error ess of C ε (t ) approaches zero for t → ∞ which is good because this means that the phase
error will be completely eliminated in the end. How long this settling takes is an important
performance criterium: the settling time, T s, is defined as the time required for the system to
settle within a certain percentage δ of the input amplitude” [Dor92, p. 164] (fig. 2.7).
Settling and rise time can be calculated easily by ignoring the sinusoidal component of
(2.2.12):
Settling time and rise time for Type I PLL
T s = − ln(δ )τ = −2ln(δ )T 1 (2.2.13)
T r = (ln0.9− ln0.1)τ ≈ 4.4T 1 (10% → 90%) (2.2.14)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.2 Type I PLLs (Averaging Loop Filter) 23
t
pM
pT sT
ess1+δ
δ1−
rT
c (t)ε
0.9
1
0.1
Overshoot
Figure 2.7: Step response parameters: Overshoot, settling and steady-state error
The amount of phase error peaking or overshoot M p,φ and the corresponding peak time T p,φ
can be obtained by calculating the maximum of (2.2.12) or the zero of (2.2.8). c(t ) becomes
zero when the sine function becomes zero, i.e. when nω nβ t = π . The maximum of φ vco,ε (t )occurs at n = 1:
Peaking time for Type I PLL
T p,φ =π
ω n
1− ζ 2
(2.2.15)
Now, the maximum can be calculated from (2.2.12):
Relative Maximum of Phase Error (Type I PLL)
M p,φ = φ vco,ε (T p) = 1 + e− ζπ √
1−ζ 2 (2.2.16)
For many applications, it is important to regard the phase error φ e(t ) = φ div(t )−φ re f (t ) at the
input. We define a phase error transfer function H e(s) as:
H e, I (s) =Φe(s)
Φre f (s)=
Φre f (s) −Φdiv(s)
Φre f (s)= 1− T (s)/ N
=s2 + 2ζω ns
s2 + 2ζω ns +ω 2n(2.2.17)
and use our stimulus signalsΦre f (s) = ∆c/sk again for pulse, step and ramp input (k = 0,1,2).
We’ll use the final value theorem (2.2.9) once more
limt
→∞φ e(t ) = lim
s
→0
sΦe(s)
= lims→0
s1−k s2 + 2ζω ns
s2 + 2ζω ns +ω 2n; k = 0, 1,2, . . .
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
24 Around The Loop in a Day
= 0 for k = 0 (pulse response)
0 for k = 1 (step response)
∆c2ζ ω n
= ∆c N K O
for k = 2 (ramp response)
(2.2.18)
2.2.18 shows that a phase pulse or a phase step at the input disappears after some time. The
PLL as a control system gets rid of these disturbances. But what happens if the input of the
PLL sees a frequency jump of ∆ω = ∆c (e.g. by a change in the reference frequency f re f or
the division ratio N ? In the phase domain, this is equivalent to a ramp function, φ e(t ) = ∆ω t .
(2.2.18) predicts that the phase error will be different by ∆cN /K O after the disturbance, an
effect that creates problems for some applications.
2.2.3 Frequency Domain
In the frequency domain, the magnitude of the steady state response is
|T ( jω )| =N
(1−ω 2/ω 2n )2 + (2ζω /ω n)2(2.2.19)
ω n is the geometric mean of the open loop gain K O/ N and the -3dB frequency of the LPF
(1/T 1 = ω 1), i.e. it sort of indicates the Gain-Bandwidth product of the loop. ζ defines the
damping, i.e. how much overshoot and ringing the transient response has. Figure 2.8 shows
how ζ affects the step and frequency response of this type of PLL, the markers in the step re-
sponse show the time needed for 2% settling. The fastest settling is achieved with a damping
of ζ = 0.707.
Step Response
Time / Settling Time (ωn
t)
A m p l i t u d e
Bode Magnitude Diagram
Frequency (ω / ωn)
M a g n i t u d e ( d B )
0 5 10 150
0.5
1
1.5
10−1
100
101
−40
−30
−20
−10
0
10
ζ=2
ζ=0.3
ζ=0.71
− 4 0 d B / d e c
ζ=1ζ=2
ζ=0.5
ζ=0.3ζ=0.5
ζ=0.71
ζ=1
ζ = 0 . 7
1
ζ = 1
ζ = 0 . 5
ζ = 0 . 3
ζ = 2
Figure 2.8: Step Response and Frequency Response of Type I, 2nd Order PLL
The -3dB closed loop bandwidth can be calculated from (2.2.19) as
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.2 Type I PLLs (Averaging Loop Filter) 25
Closed Loop Bandwidth for Type I PLL
B−3dB [Hz] =ω n2π
1−2ζ 2 +
2−4ζ 2 + 4ζ 4 (2.2.20)
=ω n2π
for ζ = 0.707
For values of ζ < 0.707, |T (s)| exhibits peaking with a relative maximum of M pω at the fre-
quency ω p
Frequency Peaking of Type I PLL
M pω =1
2ζ
1−ζ 2(2.2.21)
ω p = ω n
1−2ζ 2 (2.2.22)
A high loop gain is desirable to suppress phase errors. Sideband or noise suppression usually
defines an upper corner frequency of the LPF. However, the damping is inversely proportional
to the loop gain, and damping values below 0.5 lead to excessive gain peaking of the loop
response and long settling times. This means, with a loop filter like that, loop gain K and the
time constant of the LPF T 1 cannot be chosen independently.
Noise BW Bn = 1/4K ???
2.2.4 Type I, second / third order PLL, with one zero
R1
R2
C1
C2
R2
C2
R1
C1
to VCOto VCO
I
= V
/ R 1
PD/CPPD
C P
P D
P D
C P
V
= I
R 1
1st pole / zero1st pole / zero
2nd pole 2nd pole
Figure 2.9: Averaging Loop Filters of 1st / 2nd order (one zero)
Type I PLLs do not need a zero in the loop filter transfer function but in some cases it is
helpful to obtain a larger loop bandwidth or to reach a special transfer characteristic (fig.
2.9). Especially when using a simple first order low-pass, the zero gives one more degree of
freedom to allow for choosing both K and T 2:
F (s) =sT 2 + 1
sT 1 + 1with T 1
.= ( R1 + R2)C , T 2
.= R2C (2.2.23)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
26 Around The Loop in a Day
log
Open
LoopGain
(dB)
Phase
ω
ω
ωω ωc
n
32 1
0 dB
−180°
−90°
0°
−40db/dec
−20db/dec
−20db/dec
−40db/dec
φm
ω
Figure 2.10: Bode Plot for Open Loop Gain GH ( jω ) of Type I, 2nd / 3rd order PLLs (one
zero)
As always, there is no free lunch: worse spurious and noise suppression is the price that has
to be paid for the extended bandwidth and higher flexibility that come with the zero.
2.3 Type II PLLs (Integrating Loop Filter)
A Type II PLL has an integrating loop filter which looks purely capacitive at low frequencies
(pole at the origin). The phase detector / charge pump combination needs to deliver a current
into the loop filter. Alternatively, the active loop filter topology (2.12b) first transforms the
voltage output of the PD into an current via R1 which is then integrated. Due to the inte-
grating behaviour, only special phase detector types can be used, most common is the use of
a phase / frequency detector with tri-state charge-pump output (type 4). Figure 2.12 shows
some realisations for such charge pump / phase detector / loop filter combinations. When the
PLL is in lock, the integral of the charge pump current over one reference cycle must be zero,
otherwise the loop filter voltage and hence the VCO frequency would drift away.
2.3.1 Type II, second order PLL
This PLL has two integrators in the loop (VCO and integrating loop filter), therefore it needs
a zero in G(s) to be stable:
F (s) =1
s
1 + sT 2
T 1(2.3.1)
For a charge pump + R2C 2 combination, T 1 = C 2 and T 2 = R2C 2, for an active integrator,
T 1 = R1C 2 and T 2 = R2C 2.
The resulting open loop transfer function is
T (s) =K
N
1 + sT 2
s2T 1(2.3.2)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.3 Type II PLLs (Integrating Loop Filter) 27
log
Open
LoopGain
(dB)
Phase
ω ω
ω
ω ω2 c
n
1 3
0 dB
−180°
−90°
φm
−60db/dec
−40db/dec
−40db/dec
−20db/dec
−135°
ω
4th order
3rd order2nd order
Figure 2.11: Bode Plot for Open Loop Gain GH ( jω ) of type II, 3rd / 4th order PLL
R2
C2C3C1
C1
C2
C3
R3
R1
R2
R3
to VCO
to VCOPD/CP
PD
1st order
1st order
3rd order3rd order
2nd order
2nd order
−
+
b: Active Integratora: Charge Pump
Figure 2.12: Integrating Loop Filters of 1st / 2nd / 3rd order (one zero)
showing a double pole at the origin (one due to the VCO and one due to the integrating loopfilter) and a zero at s = −1/T 2 (solid line in fig. 2.11). The closed loop transfer function
becomes (using the notation of the PT2 approximation, appendix F)
T (s) =N (2ζ /ω ns + 1)
(s2/ω 2n ) + (2ζ /ω n)s + 1(2.3.3)
Once more we use the final value theorem (2.2.9) to estimate the settling behaviour at the
PLL output:
limt →
∞h(t ) = lim
s→
0s
T (s)
s
k ; k = 0, 1,2, . . .
= lims→0
s1−k N
s2/ω 2n + 2(ζ /ω n)s + 1
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
28 Around The Loop in a Day
ωj
σ
(2)
OK : 0 → ∞
ωn
Figure 2.13: Root locus diagram for typ II, second order PLL
=
0 for k = 0 (pulse response)
N for k = 1 (step response)
∞ for k ≥ 2 (ramp response)
(2.3.4)
We notice that the final values of a type II PLL are exactly the same as with a type I PLL -
a pulse disturbance of the input phase (k = 0) completely disappears at the VCO output, a
phase step (k = 1) at the input appears multplied by N at the output and a phase ramp (= fre-
quency step, k = 2) leads to an infinitely increasing phase at the VCO i.e. a frequency change.
This doesn’t come as such a big surprise as every PLL passes phase changes with a low-pass
characteristic (and maybe an amplification) from the input to the output. So, where’s the bigdifference between type I and type II PLLs?
We’ll see that the phase error at the input behaves in a very different way from the type II
PLL:
H ε , II (s) = 1− T (s)
N =
s2/ω 2ns2/ω 2n + 2(ζ /ω n)s + 1
(2.3.5)
Using our stimulus signals Φre f = ∆c/sk and the final value theorem (2.2.9) once more for
pulse, step and ramp input (k = 0,1,2) we get the settling at the PLL input:
limt →∞φ e(t ) = lims→0 sΦe(s)
= lims→0
s1−k s2/ω 2ns2/ω 2n + 2(ζ /ω n)s + 1
; k = 0,1,2, . . .
=
0 for k = 0 (pulse response)
0 for k = 1 (step response)
0 for k = 2 (ramp response)
(2.3.6)
Due to the double integrator, a Type II PLL also manages to get the phase error back to zero
when a phase ramp (=frequency step) is applied.
2.3.2 Frequency ResponseThe magnitude of the steady state response is
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.3 Type II PLLs (Integrating Loop Filter) 29
|T (s)| =N
√??? (2.3.7)
Step Response
Time / Settling Time (ωn t)
A m p l i t u d e
Bode Magnitude Diagram
Frequency (ω / ωn)
M a g n i t u d e ( d B )
0 5 10 150
0.5
1
1.5
10−1
100
101
−20
−15
−10
−5
0
5
ζ=0.3
ζ=0.7ζ=0.5
ζ=1
ζ=2
ζ=1
ζ=0.3
ζ=0.5
ζ=0.7
ζ=2
ζ = 1
ζ = 2
ζ = 0 . 7
ζ = 0 . 5
− 2 0 d B / d e c
ζ = 0 . 3
Figure 2.14: Step Response and Frequency Response of Type II, 2nd Order PLL
again, using the abbreviations
ω n =
K O
NC 2(CP) resp. ω n =
K O
NT 2
R2
R1(Integrator) (2.3.8)
and
ζ =R2
2 K OC 2
N
(CP) resp. ζ =R2
2 K OC 2
NR1
(Integrator) (2.3.9)
the -3dB bandwidth of this loop is
B−3dB [Hz] =ω n2π
2ζ 2 + 1 +
(2ζ 2 + 1)2 + 1 (2.3.10)
= 2.1ω n2π
for ζ = 0.707 (2.3.11)
which is approximately twice as large as with a Type I PLL with the same ζ and ω n. The
noise bandwidth is
Bn =KR2 + 1/T 2
4(CP) resp. Bn =
K ( R2/ R1) + 1/T 2
4(Integrator) (2.3.12)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
30 Around The Loop in a Day
2.3.3 Type II, third order PLL
Another pole is introduced e.g. for improved reference spurious rejection by adding anothercapacitor in parallel to R2C 2 of the CP loop filter. The transfer function of the loop filter
becomes
F (s) =1
s
1 + sT 2
1 + sT 1(2.3.13)
2.3.4 Dual Path Loop Filters
The rather large loop filter capacitances of conventional integrating loop filters make the in-
tegration on a chip impractical and expensive. Dual path loop filters [CS98] allow reducing
the total capacitance by splitting up the loop filter. One filter path contains a low-pass RP,C Pand a charge-pump, the second one consists of an integrator and a second charge-pump with
reduced current. This allows reducing the integrator capacitance by the same amount as the
charge pump current. The signals of both paths are summed up and put through a post-filter
if needed.
Potential issues: noise due to reduced current and capacitance, mismatch between charge
pumps causes errors in loop gain and bandwidth
Figure 2.15: Dual Path Loop Filter
2.4 Comparison of Type I and Type II PLLs
The most important distinction is whether the PLL has an averaging or an integrating loop
filter, i.e. whether the PLL is of Type I or Type II:
Type I PLL loop filters show no integrating behaviour (non-integrating or averaging loop
filter). They have no pole at the origin, their transimpedance is resistive at low frequencies.
This means, the DC component of the output voltage is only determined by the duty cycle
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.5 Loop Filter Impedance 31
and the pulse amplitude of the input signal. The PD output has to pulse all the time to provide
the tuning voltage for the VCO.
Type II PLL loop filters include an integrator creating a pole at the origin ( integrating loop
filter). Therefore, the transimpedance at low frequencies is capacitive. The output voltage
depends on the history of the input signal - in locked state, only the non-idealities of PD /
CP create pulses and a ripple on the VCO control voltage. The phase detector usually has a
tri-state output.
The order of a PLL can be increased by using higher order loop filters. The higher order poles
may only become effective at frequencies above f c (or must be compensated by zeroes), oth-
erwise the loop will become instable. The benefits of higher order PLLs are a sharper roll
off of |C ( jω )| outside the loop bandwidth and hence a better noise / spurious performance.
In control applications, higher order PLLs permit better tracking of input signals. The draw-
backs are an increased sensitivity to component variations, a higher component count and of course the more difficult dimensioning.
2.4.1 Type I PLLs (Averaging Loop Filter)
The averaging loop filter in Type I PLLs (fig. 2.5) averages the output of the phase detector
(PD). This has some consequences:
• The PD must deliver voltage pulses into the loop filter because the VCO expects a
tuning voltage. If the PD/CP has a current output, this current must first be converted
into a voltage in a loop filter resistor (fig. 2.5).
•The pulse width at the output of the PD is proportional to the phase error at the input.
As the output voltage of averaging loop filters is proportional to the pulse width, TypeI PLLs always have a static phase error in lock. This phase error depends on the
VCO frequency (VCO control voltage is determined by the pulse width) and on the PD
output voltage (or PD/CP output current). This leads to a major drawback of Type I
PLLs: variations of the loop gain e.g. by thermal drift of the VCO characteristic cause
a phase drift that may be unacceptable for precision applications.
• The product of CP current and load resistor may be larger than the supply voltage
without clipping the signal. This is because the CP drives current into the load resistor
with a capacitor in parallel which “swallows” a part of the charge. As long as the duty
cycle does not become too large, the loop filter voltage will not reach the supply.
• The PD/CP are active for a much longer part of the reference period than they would
be in a Type II PLL. This favours injection of bias noise or other disturbances into theloop filter.
• The linearity of a Type I PD/CP in general is better then its Type II counterpart because
the ill-defined turn-on and turn-off phases of the CP are short in relation to the total
turn-on time.
• The open loop transfer function T (s) only contains one integrator - the VCO. This
allows a bigger variety of loop filter structures than in Type II PLLs where the transfer
function must have a zero to compensate for the second integrator.
2.5 Loop Filter Impedance
As seen in the last section, the loop filter has a lot of influence on the dynamic behaviour
of the PLL. Unfortunately, the math on the way is quite ugly. Before moving to the spectral
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
32 Around The Loop in a Day
performance of PLLs, i.e. spurious sideband and noise behaviour, it would be nice to have
some handy approximations for the loop filter. The calculations in the frequency domain
can be ugly enough without the complexities of higher-order loop filters. Fortunately, it is
sufficient to look at the circuit well inside or far outside the PLL passband for most cases. In
these two ranges, loop filters can be approximated very nicely by their input impedance Z LF ,i
and transimpedance Z LF , i.e. the ratio of output voltage and input current. The first step is
to split the loop filter impedance into the input impedance Z LF ,i and the “post-filter” creating
the roll-off at higher frequencies. For phase detectors with current output (only these will be
regarded here), the loop filter input impedance acts as a “transimpedance” (current in, voltage
out). The post filter modifies this impedance by its attenuation | APF ( f )|:
| Z LF ( f )| = | Z LF ,i| ∗ | APF ( f )| (2.5.1)
This simplified analysis is only valid if the post-filter does not interact too much the input
impedance, i.e. when the post-filter does not shift the corner frequencies f 1, f 2 too much.
2.5.1 Averaging Loop Filter
In the simplest case (no zeros), the loop filter core is a simple one-pole low-pass (see fig. 2.5)
which looks like a resistor R1 at low and like a capacitor C 1 at high frequencies (fig. 2.16).
Higher frequencies are attenuated with a 1/ f or -20dB / dec. characteristic.
Loop Filter Impedance for Averaging Loop Filter (no zero)
Z LF ,i( jω ) = R11
1 + jω R1C 1=
R1
1 + jω T 1(2.5.2)
=
R1 for f f 1
1/ jω C 1 for f f 1(2.5.3)
with
T 1 = 1/2π f 1.
= R1C 1
LF,i|Z (f)|
fref
1R
f1
fc
log f
−90°
0°
φ
Figure 2.16: Impedance of Averaging Loop Filter (1 pole, no zero)
A zero in the filter (see fig. 2.9) makes things slightly more complicated - at low frequencies
the impedance is also resisitive, R1, around f 1 (pole) the impedance starts dropping and be-
comes capacitive. At f 2 (zero) the phase shift turns up towards zero and the input resistance
becomes resistive again, R1
|| R2 this time (fig. 2.17). This means, higher frequencies are at-
tenuated by only a limited amount R2/( R1 + R2). This effect produces a strong ripple on the
loop filter voltage and usually must be compensated by higher order post-filters.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.5 Loop Filter Impedance 33
Loop Filter Impedance for Averaging Loop Filter with zero
Z LF ,i( jω ) = R11 + jω R2C 2
1 + jω ( R1 + R2)C 2
= R11 + jω T 2
1 + jω T 1(2.5.4)
=
R1 for f f 1
R1|| R2 for f f 2(2.5.5)
with
T 2 = 1/2π f 2.
= R2C 2; < T 1 = 1/2π f 1.
= ( R1 + R2)C 2
f1 fc f2 fref
R ||R21
1R
|Z (f)|LF,i
log f
−90°
0°
φ
Figure 2.17: Input Impedance of Averaging Loop Filter (1 pole and 1 zero)
(2.5.5) and fig. 2.16 show that Z LF has only one pole at s1 = −1/T 1 and a zero at s2 =−1/T 2. This leads to a mainly resistive behaviour of the transimpedance, with Z LF ≈ R1 at
low frequencies and Z LF ≈ R1|| R2 at high frequencies.
2.5.2 Integrating Loop Filter
Integrating loop filters have a mainly capacitive behaviour, i.e. they integrate the output cur-
rent from the charge pump and convert it into the VCO control voltage. The transimpedance
Z LF ,i( jω ) of an integrating three element / second order loop filter (see fig. 2.12) is given by:
Loop Filter Impedance for Integrating Loop Filter
Z LF ,i( jω ) =1 + jω R2C 2
jω (C 1 +C 2) −ω 2 R2C 1C 2
=1
jω C 1
1 + jω R2C 2C 1+C 2
C 1+ jω R2C 2
=1
jω bC 1
1 + jω T 2
1 + jω T 1with b
.=
C 1 +C 2
C 1(2.5.6)
=1
jω C ∗1(2.5.7)
with
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
34 Around The Loop in a Day
T 2 = 1/2π f 2.
= R2C 2; > T 1 = 1/2π f 1.
=
R2C 2
b = R2
C 1C 2
C 1 +C 2
(2.5.6) shows that Z LF ,i( jω ) has one pole at the origin, one pole at ω 1 = −1/T 1 and a zero at
ω 2 = −1/T 23. The zero is always between the two poles. This means, Z LF ,i( jω ) is always
capacitive, except in the frequency range between ω 2 and ω 1.
C ∗1 is the equivalent loop filter input capacitance:
C ∗1 ≈ bC 1 ·1 + jω T 1
1 + jω T 2
= bC 1 ·
1 +ω 2T 21 1 +ω 2T 22
= bC 1 ·
1 + ( f / f 1)2 1 + ( f / f 2)2
≈
C 1 +C 2 for f
f 1, f 2
C 1 · f 2 f
for f 2 f f 1
C 1 for f f 1, f 2
(2.5.8)
f2
fc
f1
fref
1C
1C +C
2
fref
f1
f2
fc
1C*(f)LF,i
|Z (f)|
−90°
0°
log f log f
φ
Figure 2.18: Loop Filter Impedance / Effective Capacitance of Integrating Loop Filter
(2.5.8) and fig. 2.18 show that at very high frequencies only C 1 and at low frequencies the
sum of C 1 +C 2 is effective.
2.6 Post-Filter and Higher Order PLLs
PLLs using three-element loop-filters - especially those with averaging loop-filters - have
reference spurious sidebands that are too high for many applications. An additional RC
lowpass (“post filter”) creates an extra pole at s3 = −1/T 3 ≈ −1/ R3C 3, giving a third orderloop filter (see fig. 2.12), that attenuates these sidebands:
Z LF (s) =1
sbC 1
1 + sT ∗2(1 + sT ∗1 )(1 + sT 3)
(2.6.1)
It is assumed that the additional pole does not interact strongly with the pole at 1/2π f 2, i.e.
T ∗1 ≈ T 1, T ∗2 ≈ T 2. In this case, phase margin and lock-in time are not deteriorated and the
spectrum of the error signal ve(t ) is additionally attenuated by the RC low-pass consisting of
R3 and C 3:
| APF ,3( f )| =1
1 + f
f 32
≈ f 3
f for f f 3
3Note that the position of the pole and the zero have changed their places compared to the integrating filter.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
2.6 Post-Filter and Higher Order PLLs 35
(20dB/dec.) - see also table 2.1. If the superposition principle is valid (i.e. for a low modula-
tion index), the spurious sidebands sk
of the VCO are attenuated by the same amount| A
3( f )
|.
Especially the reference frequency f re f needs to be attentuated by R3C 3, therefore f 3 must be
lower than f re f . For stability reasons, f 3 must be significantly higher than f 1.
f 3/ f 0.2 0.5 1 1.73 2 3 4 5 7 10
| APF ,3( f )| 0.98 0.89 0.71 0.5 0.45 0.32 0.24 0.20 0.14 0.1
| APF ,3( f )| (dB20) -0.2 -1 -3 -6 -7 -10 -12 -14 -17 -20
Table 2.1: Attenuation of RC Lowpass Filter
2.6.1 Attenuation of Reference Frequency
The loop filter converts input current pulses i(t ) into an output voltage ve(t ). This input
current has significant spectral components at the reference frequency that need to be sup-
pressed. Shape and spectrum of the current pulses look different for an integrating or an
averaging loop filter (fig. 2.19): For an integrating loop filter, the pulses are very narrow with
a width of T ABL or less. The amplitude of the spectral lines is quite low (low pulse energy due
to narrow width) but stays constant up to high frequencies (1/T ABL). For an averaging filter,
the loop filter voltage is equal to the average value of the pulses. Therefore, their pulse width
(and hence energy) has to be much higher, but the amplitude of the spectral lines drops much
faster (first zero at 1/T PWM ). In general (section 6.5), the spectrum of a rectangular pulse
train is given by (6.5.7)
ck = 2mα · sink πα
k πα = 2mα sinc(k πα ); k = 1,2, . . . where α = T w/T re f
For details see section 6.5.
TPWM
(w/T )ref
PWM2/T1/T
PWM
TABL
(w/T )ref
1/Tref
Tref 1/T
ABL
¡ ¡ ¡
¡ ¡ ¡
¡ ¡ ¡
¡ ¡ ¡
¢ ¢
¢ ¢
¢ ¢
¢ ¢
£
£
£
£
m
f
S(f)
t
s(t)
w
(a): Non−integrating loop filter
m
f
t
w
(b): Integrating loop filter
Figure 2.19: Spectra of Pulses for (Non) Integrating Loop Filter
EXAMPLE 1: Harmonics of short vs. long CP pulses
A charge-pump produces pulses of m = 1 mA at a reference frequency of f re f =200 kHz (T re f = 5µ s). The pulse width is T PWM = 2µ s (averaging loop filter)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
36 Around The Loop in a Day
resp. T ABL = 2ns (integrating loop filter):
Duty Cycle : α av = T PWM /T re f = 0.4
α int = T ABL/T re f = 4 ·10−4
Pulse Weight : wav = mT PWM = 2nAs (wint = 2pAs)
Fundamental : c1,av = 2mα avsinc(πα av) = 0.6mA
c1,int = 2mα int sinc(πα int ) = 80µ A
101st Harmonic : c101,av = 60µ A; c101,int = 80µ A
The energy content of very short pulses can be larger than the energy content of
wide pulses at higher order harmonics. In praxis, this is usually no problem be-
cause higher order harmonics are attenuated heavily by the loop filter. However,
when the charge pump is not properly isolated from the rest of the chip, these
higher harmonics may contaminate the chip via the supplies, bondwires or some
other form of capacitive coupling.
Usually, f re f f 1, f 2 so that the above approximations for Z LF can be used. In this case,
the complex loop filter impedance Z (s) can be approximated by the loop filter capacitor C 1(integrating LF or averaging LF without zero) or by the resistance R1|| R2 (averaging LF with
zero) (see above):
ve(t ) = ie(t ) ∗ Z ≈ 1
C 1
t
−∞ie(τ )d τ for f re f f 1 (2.6.2)
However, as soon as post-filters are used, the above integral becomes painful. Fortunately, itis much easier to calculate the voltage error at the output of the loop filter in the frequency
domain:
V e( jω ) = I e( jω ) · Z LF ( jω ) (2.6.3)
Due to the mainly resistive behaviour of the averaging filter, the reference feedthrough and
reference spurious sidebands are much worse than with an integrating loop filter with the
same bandwidth.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 3
PLL Building Blocks
If builders built buildings the way
programmers wrote programs, the
first woodpecker to come along
would destroy civilizations.
Anonymous
Overview: This chapter gives you an overview over basic building blocks of
an PLL like phase detector (PD), charge pump (CP), divider or VCO.
3.1 Overview
3.2 Phase Detector
There are different types of phase detectors with different phase and frequency behaviour.
[Bes98] has categorized them as type 1 ... type 4 (table 3.1), but it seems these categories are
not used outside of Germany. Nevertheless, [Bes98] gives a good overview.
All phase detectors produce an output signal of some sort that is proportional to the phase
difference at their inputs (that’s where the name comes from ...). The phase detector gain
PD type Multiplier EXOR EXOR + FD JK-Flip-Flop Tristate PFD
(Type 1) (Type 2) — (Type 3) (Type 4)
Modus continous sampled sampled sampled sampled
Tristate — — — — yes
PD yes yes yes yes yes
FD — — yes (yes) yes
Table 3.1: Overview of Phase Detector Types Suitable for Frequency Synthesis
37
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
38 PLL Building Blocks
K φ is the ratio of a change of averaged output voltage and a change in phase error, it is only
defined for identical input frequencies at both inputs, otherwise the phase error is different
with each period:
K φ =∆vout
∆φ e(3.2.1)
When the PD works together with a charge pump (current output), K φ is usually defined as
K φ =∆iout
∆φ e(3.2.2)
There are continous or analog PD’s (Type 1) which control the loop all the time and sampling
or digital PD’s (all the others) which are only updated once or twice per reference period.
Type 4 PDs are quiet when the PLL is in lock, while the others produce pulses. Due to this
three-state behaviour, type 4 PDs are well suited for driving an integrating loop filter.
Type 1 and 2 PD’s struggle helplessly when the frequencies at both inputs are not identical1.
The other PD’s can handle any frequency difference at their inputs.
3.2.1 Analog Multiplier (Type 1 PD)
Analog multipliers are the oldest phase detectors. They have some advantages concerning
noise suppression, however, they require analog inputs and cannot be used together with a
divider (digital output!) in the feedback path. Therefore, they are not suitable for frequencysynthesis and will not be regarded here.
For more details, see [Gar79, pp. 106 - 120]: Here, multiplying PD’s are analyzed in detail,
with focus on noise and lock-in behaviour.
• Only suitable for analog (not clipped) signals of same frequency f vco = f re f .
• In locked state φ e = 0 and the output voltage ud pulses with twice the input frequency.
• ud = (umax − umin)/2 when φ e = 12π or when f vco = f re f
• K φ = umax − umin
4π
ud
Ref
VCO
4−quadrant multiplier
Figure 3.1: Multiplier symbol
1Due to second order effects, Type 1 and 2 PD’s also can handle a frequency difference although only in a very
limited range.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
3.2 Phase Detector 39
umin
umax
ud
eφ−2π −π 2πππ/20
Figure 3.2: Average multiplier output signal ud as function of phase error φ e
ud
umax
umin ef
freffdiv <fdiv fref>
locked
Figure 3.3: Average multiplier output signal ud as function of frequency error f e
3.2.2 EXOR (Type 2 PD)
An EXOR is the most simple implementation of a digital phase detector. It can be regarded as
a clipping version of the analog multiplier. Therefore, some of its properties are quite similiar
to the multiplier. In most cases, an EXOR is used together with an averaging loop filter (Type
I PLL), because the output is simply a pulse width modulated voltage with an average value
proportional to the input phase difference. This is accomplished either by switching a cur-
rent source that drives a load resistor or by simply using the output voltage of the EXOR itself.
A big disadvantage of the simple EXOR PD is that it does not work when the frequencies
at its input are different: in this case, the duty cycle at the output varies all the time. Also,
it can cannot differentiate whether the divider phase is early or late by |∆φ |. However, the
“early point” (∆φ =−π . . .0) is unstable in a closed loop: when e.g.
|∆φ
|becomes smaller,
the duty cycle becomes smaller as well. The resulting loop filter voltage reduction slows
down the VCO2, reducing |∆φ | even further although the system should try to compensate
the disturbance. Therefore, the divider phase is always late in a locked loop with EXOR PD,
i.e. ∆φ = 0 . . .π and the PD slope is always positive, ∂ ud /∂φ e > 0.
As a consequence, the phase difference between its inputs in locked state depends on the
operating conditions: The VCO needs a certain tuning voltage for a certain target frequency.
The control loop action of the PLL will generate the corresponing phase difference. This
means, the phase error will depend on the target frequency and the VCO characteristics - a
change of e.g. the VCO gain causes a phase drift.
Due to the simple structure, the EXOR PD can be designed with an excellent phase noise
behaviour. Drawbacks are that it can’t be used as a frequency detector and its sensitivity to2Assuming the VCO has a positive voltage-frequency characteristic
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
40 PLL Building Blocks
Div
Ref
Q
2π
∆φ
t
Figure 3.4: Timing diagram for EXOR PD with identical frequency at its inputs
t
Ref
Div
Q
Figure 3.5: Timing diagram for EXOR PD with different frequencies at its inputs
duty cycle variations. Tor some applications, the undefined static phase error can also be a
problem.
• Only phase sensitive, not suited for signals with different frequency f re f = f div.
• In locked state φ e = 0 and the output voltage ud pulses with twice the input frequency.
• The average output voltage depends on the duty cycle of the signals. The next two
equations are only valid for duty cycles of 50%:
• ud = (umax − umin)/2 when φ e = 12π or f re f = f div
• K φ =umax
−umin
π
Q
Div
Ref
Figure 3.6: EXOR schematic
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
3.2 Phase Detector 41
ud
eφ−2π −π 2ππ0 π/2
umin
umax
Repeat
U n s t a b l e R
e g i o n
S t a b l e
R e g i o
n
Repeat
Figure 3.7: EXOR average output signal ud as function of phase error φ e
ud
umax
umin ef
freffdiv <fdiv fref>
locked
Figure 3.8: Average EXOR output signal ud as function of frequency error f e
3.2.3 EXOR + FD (Perrott)
This phase detector behaves like an EXOR (Type 2 PD) when the loop is in lock, i.e. it
produces pulses with a duty cycle proportional to the phase error. Therefore, most of the
descriptions for the EXOR are also true for this type of phase detector. For a detailed de-
scription see [Per97, pp. 126 - 129]. In contrast to the EXOR, the following features have
been added:
The divide by two flip flops at the inputs extend its phase sensitivity range to 0 . . . 2π and
make it insensitive to variations of the duty cycle. Its additional frequency detector turns the
EXOR into a phase-frequency detector (PFD). They can distinguish between the stable and
the unstable region of the EXOR operating range: when the EXOR output is C = 0 at the
rising edge of REF and C = 1 at the rising edge of DIV, the current operation is in the stable
region (0 < φ e < 2π ). In other cases, the frequency detector becomes active, pulling Slo orShi low.
• Phase and frequency sensitive for arbitrary frequency differences.
• In locked state φ e = 0, the output voltage ud pulses with the input frequency (not with
the double input frequency) - due to the frequency dividers, this is different to an ordi-
nary EXOR!
• Also due to the frequency dividers, this PD is not sensitive to duty cycle variations of
its input signals.
• K φ =
umax
−umin
2π
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
42 PLL Building Blocks
D Q
D−FF
Q
=1&
&
D QS
R
D−FF
Q
D QS
R
D−FF
Q
D Q
D−FF
Q
Shi
S lo
Ref/2
Div/2
C
Divider /2 XOR Frequency Detector
Figure 3.9: EXOR+FD schematic
eφ
φdiv φref<
umax
umin
fdiv fref>
freffdiv <
ud
π 2π−2π
FD Mode
0
PD ModeFD Mode
−4π 4π
Figure 3.10: Average EXOR+FD output signal ud as function of phase error φ e
3.2.4 JK Flip-Flop (Type 3 PD)
The JK Flip-Flop has the peculiar property that it works as a phase detector and also as a
frequency detector - but only when the input frequencies are sufficiently different. When the
input frequencies are nearly identical, the output voltage runs with the frequency difference,
making lock impossible. Therefore, this type of PD is not suitable standalone for frequency
synthesis but it can be used together with other detectors to aid frequency acquisition.
•Phase and frequency sensitive, but not for frequencies which are nearly identical f
re f ≈ f div.
• In contrast to an EXOR, this PD is not sensitive to variations of the duty cycle of its
input signals because it operates on the edges of the input signals.
• In locked state: φ e = 0, pulsed output voltage.
• K φ =umax − umin
2π
• Non-inverting and inverting output available - they are not UP and DOWN outputs!
3.2.5 Tristate PFD (Type 4 PD)
This hasbeen the “classical” PD for integrated frequency synthesizers in the last 20 years (and
still is). It fits well with the classical Up-Down-Chargepump which itself is very well suited
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
3.2 Phase Detector 43
ud
umax
umin
fdiv fref> freffdiv <
ef
PD Mode
Figure 3.11: Average EXOR+FD output signal ud as function of frequency error f e
S lo
Shi
Ref
Div
f/2
iv/2
C
Q
Figure 3.12: Signals in the EXOR+ PD when f re f > f div
for integration in CMOS technologies. It is phase and frequency sensitive with an unlimited
lock-in range. Its three state output fits nicely with integrating loop filters and charge pumps
with very short turn-on cycles. These short turn-on times make it easier to achieve good noise
performance, additionally, the integrating characteristic gives good suppression of inband
VCO noise.
• Phase and frequency sensitive
•Up / down voltage outputs with quiet state (up and down outputs high-ohmic) in locked
state (φ e = 0), therefore suitable for charge pumps / integrating loop filters.
• K φ =umax − umin
4π
• Sensitive to missing edges because the PD has “memory” and tries to correct the missed
edge. This makes type 4 PDs unsuitable for clock and data recovery purposes.
3.2.6 Hogge’s Phase Detector
[LB92], [Lee98]
3.2.7 (Modified) Triwave Phase Detector[LB92], [Lee98]
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
44 PLL Building Blocks
Div
π
Q
C
iv/2
f/2
Ref
S lo
Shi
Figure 3.13: Signals in the EXOR+ PD when f re f = f div (φ div < φ re f
)
Q
Q
Ref
Div
Figure 3.14: JK Flip-flop schematic (neg. edge triggered)
3.3 Charge Pumps
3.3.1 Single Ended Designs
3.3.2 The Dead Zone and How to Get Around It
An old problem with charge pump designs is the ”dead zone”: when a type II PLL is in or
near lock, only very short pulses are needed to keep the loop locked. However, the speed of
the PD logic or the CP may not be sufficient to fully turn on the current sources. The result-
ing phase error transfer characteristic has a ”flat” part around ∆φ = 0, i.e. K φ is reduced or
even zero in the main operating point of the PLL. The consequence is a strong deviation of
loop gain and loop bandwidth from the target value that cannot be explained from static CP
current measurements. This a purely dynamic effect that also depends on temperature and
process variations. In really bad cases the dead zone can cause the PLL phase to drift around
the locked value because the loop is effectively open (K φ ) around ∆φ = 0. The result is a
tremendously increased phase noise / jitter.
Obviously, it’s best to avoid the dead zone altogether, a very effective solution is to increase
the latency time of the PFD in the reset path (fig. 3.17). This extra delay creates a minimum
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
3.3 Charge Pumps 45
ud
umin
eφ
umax
π−2π −π 0 2π
repeat
Figure 3.15: Average JK Flip-flop output signal ud as function of phase error φ e
ud
fdiv fref> freffdiv <
efumin
umax
u n
d e
f i n e
d
u n
d e
f i n e
d
PD Mode
Figure 3.16: Average JK Flip-flop output signal ud as function of frequency error f e
pulse width (”anti-backlash”, ABL) of the Up/Down pulses. At ∆φ = 0, the pulses canceleach other out, small phase errors increase the length of one of the pulses in a very linear
way. The minimum pulse length should not be excessively long because the transfer of am-
plitude noise components from the charge pumps is proportional to the pulse length. When
the Up/Down current sources are not perfectly matched, the mismatch creates spurious side-
bands, increasing with the pulse width (6.5).
Another solution to get around the dead zone problem is to add a small DC offset current
(”trickle charge”) to the CP output (fig. xxx). When the offset current is sufficiently large,
the PFD / CP combination always works in one quadrant in locked state, i.e. only one current
source is active. This not only eliminates the dead zone, it also avoids non-linearities due to
different up/down - currents (→ K φ ). Reference frequency spurious sidebands resulting from
the offset current (6.4) usually forbid the use of this concept in integer PLLs - the reference
frequency is too close to the loop bandwidth to achieve a sufficient suppression. However,
for fractional- N PLLs the case is different: the reference frequency is much higher and Σ∆PLLs distribute the energy of the reference spur over a wider frequency band anyway. Most
importantly, is that Σ∆ PLLs are very sensitive to non-linearities, yielding strange spurious
sidebands. Operating the CP only in one quadrant removes these sidebands.
3.3.3 Charge Pumps and Two-State Phase Detectors
Although the three-state PFD is a charge pump’s best friend, two-state PFDs or PDs like the
EXOR can also be combined with a charge pump / integrating loop filter combination: The
EXOR output switches e.g. the current sink, the inverted output switches the current source
(fig. 3.20). Or, the EXOR switches e.g. the current sink, the current source is always on, with
half the current flowing continously into the loop filter (fig. 3.21). In average, the net current
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
46 PLL Building Blocks
Q
QSD
R
D−FF
Q
QSD
R
D−FF
TABL∆
DOW
UP
"1"
"1"
Div
Ref
Figure 3.17: Tristate PFD schematic
eφ
freffdiv <
di
i min
i max
fdiv fref> φdiv φref<
2π−2π 0 4π−4π
FD Mode PD Mode
FD Mode
Figure 3.18: Average Tristate PFD output signal id as function of phase error φ e
flowing into an integrating loop filter must be zero. Therefore, the control loop action of the
PLL forces sink and source current to be switched on for exactly the same duration (50%) per
cycle. The resulting input phase difference is π /2 (if current sink and source have the same
current magnitude I 0 and if the duty cyle of the input signals is 50%). The same is true for the
unipolar charge pump if the switched current is exactly twice as large as the constant current.
A major disadvantage of this concept is that CP current is flowing all the time, coupling noise
into the loop filter.
3.4 Loop Filter
See section
3.5 Divider
Programmable dividers for RF frequency synthesizers usually are constructed from an RF
prescaler and some programmable, lower frequency control / counter blocks. The reason for
this is that all divider cells run with the full input frequency in a fully synchronous counter.
This consumes a lot of power and is hard to design for high frequencies. A fixed prescaler by
P reduces the maximum input frequency to the programmable divider by a factor of P but it
has a major disadvantage: the minimum frequency step increases by a factor of P. Prescalers
built from dual modulus dividers (DMD) or multi modulus dividers (MMD) offer a way out
of this dilemma: The division ratio (= modulus) of a DMD prescaler can be switched between
2 N and 2 N + 1; an MMD offers a wider range of division ratios, e.g. 2 N , 2 N + 1, 2 N + 2, . . ..During the division cycle, the prescaler modulus is altered in such a way that the desired total
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
3.5 Divider 47
ud
umax
umin
fdiv fref> freffdiv <
ef
PD Mode
Figure 3.19: Average Tristate PFD output signal ud as function of frequency error f e
= 1
Ref
Div
I0
I0
Exor
to VCO
Figure 3.20: EXOR with bidirectional charge pump and integrating loop filter
division ratio is achieved. This is described in the next two sections, [VFL+00] and [Per97]
give a more detailled description of various divider architectures.
3.5.1 Dual Modulus Prescaler
At the heart of all DMD / MMD Prescalers is a divider cell whose division ratio can be
switched between 2 and 3 (fig. 3.22), depending on the logic level at the P input. When
P = 0, the enable signal EN = 1 always enables the divider flip-flop D − FF 1, turning it
into a simple ÷2 toggle flip-flop: D1 = Q (fig. 3.23). When P = 1, the phase shift flip-flop
D−FF 2 delays the Q signal of the divider D−FF 1 by one input cycle, pulling EN = 0 for one
clock cycle. Thus one clock edge is “swallowed” by the divider flip-flop D − FF 1, creating
a modulus 3 divider. This path is the critical timing path: The D1 input has to go low beforethe clock edge to be swallowed (“slack” in fig. 3.23).
For reasons that will be explained later, it makes sense to expand this basic ÷2/3 cell to a
higher modulus, e.g. to ÷8/9. The principle is the same as in the ÷2/3 cell: here, every
ninth pulse is swallowed. Simply adding an asynchronous ÷4 divider is not enough - you
would end up with a ÷8/12 divider. A little extra decoding logic (fig. 3.24) guarantees that
the P input of the ÷2/3 cell goes high only when P = 1, Q23 = 0, Q4 = 0 and Q8 = 0 which
happens once during each divide cycle. This pulse swallowing gives a total division ratio of 9.
There is an upper limit to the number of asychronous divider stages for a given input fre-
quency: when the time the clock edge needs to ripple through the asynchronous divider is
approximately equal to the input period, the divider will fail. At higher frequencies, the
prescaler may operate correctly again - with one clock cycle latency in the asynchronous di-
vider! This failure is easily overlooked when sweeping the input frequency in large steps.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
48 PLL Building Blocks
= 1
Ref
Div
I0
02I
to VCO
EXOR
Figure 3.21: EXOR with unidirectional charge pump and integrating loop filter
D Q
Q
D−FF1
&
&DQ
Q
D−FF2
2 / 3
Fin Fout
P
inF
Fout
QP
D1
Divider /2 with enable
Phase Shift
criticalpath
=>
PP=0 => /2
P=1 => /3
EN
Figure 3.22: Basic 2/3 divider cell
How can we design a fully programmable counter from such a DMD prescaler which can
only be switched between two division ratios? The trick can be done with additional back-
ward counters which are clocked with the output frequency of the prescaler (fig. 3.25).
With each output pulse, the A- and the B counter are initialized and start counting backwards
with the output pulses of the prescaler. As long as A > 0, the ÷P + 1 mode is active, forthe rest of the time the prescaler divides by P. When the B-counter also has reached 0, an
output pulse is generated and A- and B-counter are initialized again. During one output cycle,
the input signal has been divided ÷P for A time and ÷P + 1 for B − A times. The resulting
division ratio of such a divider is (3.5.1):
Division Ratio of a Dual-Modulus Divider
N = B − A · P + A · P + 1 = BP + A; B > A (3.5.1)
The corresponding signals are shown in fig. 3.26 where P = 4, B = 5 and A = 3.
The prescaler ratio P limits the lowest division ratio: B has to be higher than A for proper
operation, which is quite obvious from the principle of operation. But B also has to be
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
3.5 Divider 49
Fin
Fout
D1
PQ
P
t
EN
Slack
÷3÷2 ÷2
P Switch P Switch
Swallow Swallow
Figure 3.23: Signals in a 2 / 3 divider cell
2 / 3
Fin Fout
P
inF
1
T−FF
Q
T−FF
Q
Fout
P=0 => /8P=1 => /9
criticalpath
Q4Q8
Q23
23P
P
Async. Divider /4
Figure 3.24: An 8/9 dual modulus prescaler
higher than P, otherwise there will be ”gaps” in the achievable division ratios N . Assume for
example P = 32 and B = 30. The highest division ratio will be 30·32+29 = 989 (3.5.1). The
lowest division ratio for the next higher value of B = 31 is 31 ·32 + 0 = 992, i.e. the division
ratios N = 990 or N = 991 cannot be reached with this architecture. In general, the minimum
division ratio that can be set with a prescaler P without gaps is
Minimum Division Ratio of Dual-Modulus Divider
B ≥ P ⇒ N ≥ P2 (3.5.2)
3.5.2 Multi Modulus Divider
A multi-modulus divider uses a different controlling mechanism: it usually consists of a chain
of ÷2/3 cells (fig. 3.27). Simply cascading some dual-modulus divider cells does not do the
job as can be seen easily: a division ratio like N = 129 cannot be constructed from a product
of 2’s and 3’s as it is a prime number! What we want is a construction that adds one extra
cycle per output period if the modulus control Pi = 1. This can be achieved with extra control
input and output pins M in and M out (fig. 3.28). The modulus enable input M in enables the
P input pin, the modulus enable output M out synchronizes the M in input and passes it on to
M in of the previous divider stage. This “daisy chain connection” ensures that each divider
stage swallows a maximum of one pulse per divide cycle (depending on the level at Pi). The
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
50 PLL Building Blocks
Fin Fout
÷ P / P+1
P
inF
P=0 => ÷PP=1 => ÷P+1
QB−Counter
Reload B
Q
A−Counter
Reload A
Fout
DMD Prescaler Programmable Counter
&
N=B·P+A
A
B
Figure 3.25: Dual-modulus divider
Q
B
outP
Fin
QA
= Fout
A=3A=0A=0 A=2 A=1A
A>0
B
A=3
B=4 B=3B=5 B=2 B=1B=1
A>0
B=5
B>1
N=B·P+A
÷P ÷P+1 ÷P ÷P+1
B>1t
Figure 3.26: Signals in a dual-modulus divider
resulting division ratio is:
Division Ratio of Multi-Modulus Divider
N = 2n + pn−1 ·2n−1 + . . . + p1 ·2 + p0 (3.5.3)
2 / 3
Fin Fout
M out M in
P
2 / 3
Fin Fout
M out M in
P
2 / 3
Fin Fout
M out M in
P
2 / 3
Fin Fout
M in
P
P0
P1
Pn−2
Pn−1
ouDIVRFin
Figure 3.27: Multi-modulus divider made from a Chain of 2/3 divider cells
Fig. 3.28 shows an improved 2/3 divider cell with modulus enable input. Speed is improved
further by shifting the P - NAND into D-FF2 (between the Master and the Slave stage) to
shorten the critical path. Synchronizing the programming word guarantees a fixed timing
relationship between programming word and divided clock. This is important if the division
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
3.6 VCO 51
ratio is switched dynamically like in Sigma-Delta Fractional-N synthesizers.
D Q
Q
D−FF1
2 / 3
Fin Fout
M out M in
P
1
&D−FF
DQ
Q
2
inF
inM
Fout
&M
out
EN
1D
D2
Divider /2 with enable
critical path
Phase Shift
PM_in = 0 => /2 P = 0 => /2
M in = 1 => P enabled P = 1 => /3
=>
Figure 3.28: Improved 2/3 divider cell with modulus enable
3.5.3 High-Speed Flip Flops
The core cell for high-speed dual- and multi modulus divider blocks is of course a high speed
flip-flop. Depending on the available technology and the required operations speed, there are
various circuit architectures:
Current Mode Logic This design style is copied from high-speed bipolar circuits:
Q
Clk
D
D
Q
Clk
Bias
"Slave""Master"
Figure 3.29: D-Flip-Flop in current mode logic
3.5.4 Synchronization
One point to note with Dual- and Multimode - Dividers is their latency: a constant delay in an
integer PLL introduces a constant phase error which is usually compensated for in the PLL.
In fractional-N PLLs, the divider delay can depend on the division ratio - this variable delay
/ phase error introduces non-linearities showing up as spurious sidebands!
3.6 VCO
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
52 PLL Building Blocks
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 4
Fractional-N PLLs
Better to light a candle than to curse
the darkness.
Chinese Proverb
In principle, it is possible to achieve any wanted frequency resolution with a PLL by just
making the reference frequency small enough. But, as explained in chapter 2, a low reference
frequency demands an even lower loop bandwidth for stability reasons. And a narrow loop
bandwidth means sluggish transient response and bulky loop filter capacitors which is not
acceptable for most applications.
Besides that, a low reference and high target frequency require a high frequency division ratio
which degrades the noise performance of the PLL (see section 10.1).
For these reasons it would be nice to have a high reference frequency and a fine frequency
resolution at the same time by using a fractional division ratio. A frequency of e.g. f 0 = 900.1MHz could be synthesized with a reference frequency of f re f = 1 MHz and a division ratio
of N = 900.1 instead of using 100 kHz and N = 9001. Of course, it is not possible to divide
a frequency by a non-integer value1. But we can get away with a little cheating: if 9 out of
10 times the frequency is divided by 900 and once by 901, the division ratio average over 10
cycles will indeed be 900.1. And if we do it fast enough, no one will notice: The PD will try
to correct the phase error due to the periodic switching of the division ratio but the loop filter
is too slow to follow each excursion of the PD output. Hence, loop filter output and VCO will
settle at the desired average frequency f 0. Such a PLL is called Fractional-N PLL. As usual,
there is no free lunch: the drawbacks of Fractional-N PLLs are
• spurious sidebands created by periodic switching of division ratio
• increased circuit complexity
• increased sensitivity to component mismatch with some implementations
In contrast to the PLLs described so far, the division ratio N (t ) now is time dependent. In
spite of the low-pass characteristic, the resulting VCO frequency will still contain some of
the modulation of N (t ):
f VCO (s) = f re f N (s)T (s) (4.0.1)1At least not when using straight-forward digital techniques.
53
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
54 Fractional-N PLLs
This behavior determines spurious sidebands, phase noise and settling - it will be analyzed in
the rest of the chapter.
In addition to the functional blocksdescribed in the last chapters, a Fractional-N PLL contains
some new blocks (see figure 4.1):
• A divider that allows switching the division ratio between two (Dual-Modulus Divider)
or more (Multi-Modulus Divider) different values. In contrast to the ordinary pro-
gramming of the division ratio, this switching must be synchronized to the input signal
(fast!!).
• A logic block controlling the periodic switching of division ratio. This block generally
is some sort of counter / accumulator, it can be realized in many different ways. Some
implementations will be described below.
• Optionally, some circuitry to compensate for the inherent spurious sidebands.
The average output frequency f 0 depends on the number N F of ÷( N +1) cycles per fractional
modulus cycle T mod . One fractional modulus cycle consists of F mod reference clock cycles:
T mod = F mod · T re f . F mod is called the fractional modulus of the PLL, defining the minimum
fractional frequency step f mod = f re f /F mod . F mod can be as low as 5 or several orders of
magnitude larger, N F is in the range 0 . . . F mod −1. The average output frequency is
f 0, frac = ( N I + N F /F mod ) f re f = N I .F f re f
where .F is the short form for the fractional part. The frequency deviation from a “normal”,
integer PLL is therefore
∆ f 0, frac
=N F f re f
F mod
=N F
F mod T re f
(4.0.2)
EXAMPLE 2: Minimum frequency step of integer and fractional-N PLL
An Integer-N PLL with N = 900 and f re f = 1MHz produces a VCO output fre-
quency of f 0,int = 900MHz with a minimum frequency step of f re f = 1MHz.
When a Fractional-N PLL is used with F mod = 5 and N F = 1, the division ratio
is 4 times N = 900 and once N+1 = 901 in F mod = 5 reference clock cycles. This
gives an average division ratio of 900.2 and an average VCO output frequency
of f 0, frac = 900.2 MHz. The minimum frequency step is f mod = f re f /F mod =200kHz.
N
RF out
VCOLoop FilterReference
Accu
CO
Frequency
Fractional Part
Integer PartFreq. Word
mod
PFDf
÷N / N+1
Figure 4.1: Frequency synthesizer using fractional-n techniques
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
4.1 First Order Fractional-N PLLs 55
N = 10 N = 10 N = 10
N = 10N = 10 N + 1 = 11
N f
N=10.333
t
I I I
modF = 3
refI
DIV
PD/CP(initial)
PD/CP(final)
VCO
REF
Figure 4.2: Timing diagram of 1st order fractional-N PLL
Fractional-N PLLs achieve the same frequency resolution as an integer-N PLL with a refer-
ence frequency that is higher by a factor of F mod . The higher reference frequency lowers the
noise floor by 10logF mod . However, due to the periodic switching of division ratios, there is a
ripple on the VCO control voltage that is periodic with T mod , producing spurious frequencies.
Fractional-N PLLs with no further compensation of this periodic error are called first order ,
PLLs using an analog compensation mechanism are called second order and PLLs that dither
the error (Sigma-Delta-Modulator) are called third order .
4.1 First Order Fractional-N PLLs
All fractional-N PLL use the concept of averaging the frequency over a number of F mod
reference periods to achieve a fractional division ratio. The periodicity F mod (also called
modulus length) determines the frequency resolution of the PLL:
∆ f = f re f /F mod (4.1.1)
This can be easily seen from an example: when the division ratio is F mod − 1 times N I and
once N I + 1 during F mod cycles, the resulting average division ratio will be:
N =(F mod −1) N I + N I + 1
F mod
= N I + 1/F mod
The periodic switching of the division ratio is triggered by the phase accumulator , an accu-
mulator with modulus F mod that adds up N F every reference cycle. Each time an overflow
occurs, the division ratio is switched from ÷ N to ÷( N + 1) for one reference cycle.
Let’s assume the PLL is locked at the fractional frequency f 0 = N I .F · f re f . Fig. 4.2 shows
an example for a modulus of F mod = 3, N I = 10 and N F = 1, giving an average division ratio
of N = N I .F = 10 1/3. During the÷
N parts of the modulus cycle the divided VCO signal
arrives a little too early at the phase detector because the VCO is faster than the virtual signal
f 0,int = N I f re f (there is no such signal in the PLL) by ∆ f frac (see 4.0.2).
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
56 Fractional-N PLLs
Ref. Cycle #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 . . . Average
Modulus Cycle #1 #2
← T mod → ← T mod → N F = 1: Accu 5 → 0 1 2 3 4 5 → 0 . . .
Div. N + 1 N N N N N + 1 . . . N + 15
∆φ 02π
t =0
55
→ 0 15
25
35
45
55
→ 0 . . . 25
∆φ 02π
t =∞
35
→ −25
− 15
0 15
25
35
→ − 25
. . . 0
N F = 3: Accu 5 → 0 3 6 → 1 4 7 → 2 5 → 0 . . .Div. Ratio N + 1 N N + 1 N N + 1 N + 1 . . . N + 3
5∆φ 02π
t =0
55
→ 0 35
65
→ 15
45
75
→ 25
55
→ 0 . . . 25
∆φ 02π t =∞
35
→ −25
15
45
→ − 15
25
55
→ 0 35
→ − 25
. . . 0
Table 4.1: Operation of Phase Accumulator (F mod = 5)
4.2 Higher Order Fractional-N PLLs
In [RCK93] several methods for constructing a fractional-N frequency synthesizer are com-
pared to a synthesizer based on Σ − ∆ Fractional-N Synthesis which is described here for
the first time. Although the concept of Delta-Sigma-Modulation had been used in the design
of Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADCs) and Digital-to-Analog Converters for quite a while
back in 1993, this article was the first to apply that concept to the domain of frequency syn-
thesis, triggering the development of many new circuits and applications.
The methods used at that time to achieve fractional- N frequency synthesis were
• pulse swallowing (i.e. simple first order fractional- N PLL)
• phase interpolation where the phase error is partially compensated by a DAC at the
loop filter input
• Wheatley random jittering where a random number is added at the accumulator input
Each method has major drawbacks: The first on generates massive fractional spurs as we
have seen, the second reduces these spurs at least partially but requires precision analog com-
ponents and the last one reduces the fractional spurs at the cost of an increased noise floor.
Therefore, let’s first take a look at sampling, oversampling and delta-sigma-modulation:
4.2.1 Sampling and Quantization
An analog signal needs to be discretized in time (sampled) and amplitude (quantized) to bring
it to the digital domain. Nyquist was the first to find out that the sampling rate f S needs to
be at least twice as high as the signal bandwidth f B to reconstruct the original signal with-
out losses. The reason for this is that sampling creates images of the original signal around
multiples of f S. If f B > f S/2, the images overlap, folding back frequency components above
f S/2 into the base-band. These components are called aliases as a component at f 1 cannot
be distuingished from a component at f 1 − f S/2. The resulting distortion or increased noise
cannot be removed. For this reason, the signal needs to be band-limited with an anti-aliasing
filter to f B
≤f S/2. It can be shown (and nearly every book on communication theory does
it ...) that proper2 sampling is a procedure (at least in theory) from which the original signal2 f S > 2 f B
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
4.2 Higher Order Fractional-N PLLs 57
can be recovered without losses. A low-pass with f B ≤ f LP ≤ f s/2 removes the images of the
orginal signal around k f S, acting as a reconstruction filter.
Quantization is another story - the infinite amplitude resolution of the analog signal is reduced
to a discrete number of levels which inevitably creates distortions and noise. In general, it is
very difficult to predict the level of distortion as it depends not only on the quantization step
size but also on the signal amplitude and statistics. Fortunately, many real world signals have
a Gaussian amplitude probability density function which allows an easy calculation:
Figure 4.3: Quantization
Figure 4.4: Spectral density of quantization noise
Figure 4.5: Spectral density of quantization noise with oversampling
If the signal has a Gaussian amplitude distribution, the same will be true for the quantization
error qe as well. In this case the power spectral density of the quantization noise N q( f ) will
be flat:
e2n = N q( f ) =
q2e
f S=
q2e,rms
f S=
∆2
12
1
f S(4.2.1)
Beware: This formula is too optimistic for periodic signals - here, quantization noise won’t
be flat, containing harmonics and sub-harmonics that may be several dB’s above the noise
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
58 Fractional-N PLLs
floor!
The total baseband quantization noise power depends on the bandwidth f B
. In the limit case
of Nyquist bandwidth, f B = f S/2:
S B, Nq =
f B
− f B
N q( f )d f =
f S/2
− f S/2 N q( f )d f = q2
e,rms =∆2
12(4.2.2)
Converters operating near this limit are therefore called Nyquist-rate converters.
Oversampling
When the sampling rate is larger than 2 f B (”oversampling”), the quantization noise power in
the base-band will be less - the part of the quantization noise that is stretched out above f Bwill be removed by the reconstruction filter (assuming f B = f LP):
S B = f B
− f B
N q( f )d f =∆2
12
2 f B
f S= S B, Nq
2 f B
f S=
S B, Nq
M (4.2.3)
where M is the oversampling ratio (OSR) f S/2 B. (4.2.3) shows that oversampling reduces
the quantization noise in the baseband by 10log M .
The signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) is defined as the ratio of signal power and (baseband) noise
power. Let’s assume the signal is a sinusoid (happily ignoring that its quantization noise will
not have a flat spectral density) with an amplitude A which uses the full input range of the
quantizer (2 A = FSR = 2 N ∆) without clipping. It’s signal power will be A2/2 = 2 N ∆2/8
SNR = 10logA2/2
q2e,rms
(4.2.4)
Another advantage of oversampling is the much relaxed requirements for the anti-aliasing
filter - normally, you would use a bulky analog filter with a bandwidth just below the sampling
frequency to preserve the full signal bandwidth. In an oversampling architecture, the anti-
aliasing filter just needs to prevent signal components above f S/2 from entering the ADC
which is far above the signal bandwidth. Signal and quantization noise between f B and f S/2
can be removed in the digital domain.
4.2.2 Delta Modulation
Delta modulation was originally developed to reduce the bandwidth for data transmission. It
is actually the simplest form of differential predictive coding: some known property of the
signal is exploited to compress the signal. When the sampling period is much higher than themain frequency components of the signal, bandwidth can be saved by transmitting only the
changes of the signal (”delta”) between samples (fig. 4.6 and 4.7). In its simplest form, delta
modulation approximates the input signal with a staircase function.
The signal is demodulated by integrating the delta samples and converting them back to the
analog domain.
In contrast to simple oversampling, the feedback in delta modulation forces the output of the
modulator to track the lower frequency components of the input signal. Therefore, quanti-
zation noise is reduced at low frequencies and pushed to high frequencies where it can be
filtered out more easily. Fig. 4.7 shows two potential sources of distortion in delta mod-
ulation: steep slopes cannot be tracked by the integrator (”slope overload”) and very slow
changes of the signal can create so called ”granular noise”. Increasing the step size ∆ reduces
slope overload but increases the granular noise and vice versa.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
4.2 Higher Order Fractional-N PLLs 59
−1
+1 d (n)q
f−s(t)
Quantizer Sampler
Integrator DAC
Delta−Modulator Delta−Demodulator
s(t)
Integrator LP−Fil terDAC
Figure 4.6: Delta modulation and demodulation
1 1 11 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TS
Integrator output
Delta modulated data stream
∆Signal
Input Granular NoiseSlope
Overload
Distortion
Figure 4.7: Delta modulation signal forms
4.2.3 Principle of Sigma-Delta Modulation (SDM)
Putting an integrator in front of the Delta Modulator reduces its distortions - the low-frequency
signal components are amplified which makes life easier for the delta modulator because the
signal auto-correlation is increased. This combination is called sigma-delta modulator (fig.
4.8a). Furthermore, demodulation is simplified as the sigma-delta data stream does not need
to be integrated - a DAC (which in its simplest implementation could be just a logic buffer)
and a low-pass filter are sufficient. The filter specifications can be quite relaxed as the sam-
pling frequency has to be much higher than the signal bandwidth.Implementation is further simplified by moving the integrator behind the comparator, can-
celling the integrator in the feedback path (fig. 4.8b). Due to this implementation, the Sigma-
Delta Modulator is also called Delta-Sigma Modulator, however, the transfer functions are
identical. Again, due to the feedback loop, quantization noise is concentrated at higher fre-
quencies.
Sigma-Delta Modulation is also used in a purely digital architectures: Here, the modulator
takes a digital signal with high bit resolution and converts it into a signal with higher sam-
pling rate (”oversampling”) and lower bit width (fig. 4.9a). A very efficient implementation
is achieved by swapping quantizer and delay stage (fig. 4.9 b+c): the delay stage is drawn
into the digital integrator, cancelling the delay in the feedback path. This structure is the
”classical” accumulator (fig. 4.10), containing an adder and a register (= delay). The transfer
function in the z-domain has a 1 − z−1 term in the denominator, indicating integrating behav-
iour; the z−1 term in the numerator mirrors the latency time of one sample.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
60 Fractional-N PLLs
d (n)q
−1
+1s(t)
SamplerQuantizer
DAC
Integrator
Integrator
− f
DAC
s(t)
LP−Filter
−1
+1
−
s(t)
SamplerIntegrator
DAC
Quantizer
f
DAC
s(t)
LP−Filter
d (n)q
Sigma−Delta−Modulator (analog) Sigma−Delta−Demodulator
⇓a)
b)
Figure 4.8: Analog-to-Digital Converter using sigma-delta modulation
Digital accumulators bring the quantizer for free - the carry overflow bit can be regarded as
MSB, signalling the upper half of the signal range.
Another implementation for the integrator with less latency is shown in fig. 4.11 - note that
there is no z−1 term in the numerator.Exactly as with the analog integrator, its digital counterpart canoverflow / saturate (depending
on the implementation). In the digital domain, there is a simple remedy is much simpler:
increase the word length of the accumulator to achieve a wider range.
So far, we’ve only used a handwaving approach, declaring that the quantization of the DSM
stream d q(n) is high-pass shaped. In order to look at things a little more closely, we replace
the accumulator by its transfer function (fig. 4.12). To simplify things even further, we
substitute the quantizer by adding the quantization noise en to the original signal. We have
not made any assumptions on the spectral shape of the quantization noise yet. The digital
output stream is
d q( z) = (s( z) − d q( z))z−1
1−
z−
1+ en( z)
=
s( z)
z−1
1− z−1+ en( z)
1 +
z−1
1− z−1
−1
= s( z) z−1 + en( z)1− z−1
noise shaping
(4.2.5)
The resulting bit stream contains the input signal, delayed by one sample ( H s( z) = z−1),
plus the quantization noise en, shaped with H n = 1 − z−1. H n is the transfer function of
a differentiator which suppresses slow changes of en (i.e. low frequencies) by taking the
difference between two consecutive samples. The frequency response of this time-discrete
transfer function is calculated by replacing the discrete frequency variable z by e jω T s :
H n e
jω T s = 1− e− jω T s = |1− cosω T s − j sinω T s|
=
(1− cosω T s)2 + sin2ω T s
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
4.2 Higher Order Fractional-N PLLs 61
−1
+1
z−1
z−1
f
digd (n)q
z−1
−1
+1d (n)q
z−1Quantizer
s(n)
−
Accumulatorb)
−1
+1d (n)q
z−1
s(n)
Quantizer Delay−
Accumulator
s(n)
DownsamplerFilter /
⇓
Modulator Demodulator
a)
⇓
Quantizer
s(n)
−
Accumulatorc)
Figure 4.9: Digital delta-sigma modulation
s (n)I z−11 − z−1
=s(n)
z−1
Is (n+1)z−1
Is (n)s(n+1)
z−1Is (n+1) Is (n)s(n+1)
⇓
Figure 4.10: Digital integrator (one sample delay)
=
2−2cosω T s =
4sin2 ω T s
2
= 2sin ω T s2 = 2sin π f
f S (4.2.6)
(4.2.6) shows that the quantization noise at the SDM output is indeed high-pass shaped in the
frequency range 0 . . . f S/4. At f S/2 the noise transfer function becomes zero again, it repeats
with a period of f S/2. The total noise power depends on bandwidth of interest f B:
σ 2n ( f B) =
+ f B
− f B
H 2n ( f ) · Se( f ) d f
=
+ f B
− f B
2sin
π f
f S
2 σ 2e f S
d f
=4σ 2e f S
f
2− f S
4π sin
2π f
f S
+ f B
− f B
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
62 Fractional-N PLLs
z−1s (n)I
1 − z−1=
s(n)
1
Is (n+1)
Is (n)
Digital Integrator (no delay)
s(n+1)
Figure 4.11: Digital integrator (no delay)
z−1
1 − z−1 −1
+1d (n)q
−Accumulator Quantizer
s(n)
z−1
1 − z−1
d (n)q
e (n)n
−Accumulator Quantizer
s(n)
z−1
n−1e (n) (1−z )
d (n)q
⇓
⇓s(n)
Noise−shaping
Figure 4.12: Digital delta-sigma modulation - equivalent represenation for quantization noise
=2σ 2eπ
2π f B
f S− sin
2π f B
f S
(4.2.7)
applying the identities sin2 x +cos2 x = 1 and 1−cos x = 2sin2 x2. The interpretation of (4.2.7)
is easier when regarding two extreme cases - the noise power over the whole baseband inter-
val 0 . . . f S/2 and within a more ”practical” bandwidth f B f S/2:
Full baseband bandwidth: f B = f S/2:
In this case, the sin(. . .) part in (4.2.7) becomes zero and the total noise power is:
σ 2n ( f S/2) = 2σ 2e (4.2.8)
The result is the same as (xxx) which means the noise has only been shifted from low frequen-
cies to higher frequencies (”noise shaping”), but the total noise power has not been reduced.
However, the quantized noise can be filtered out more effectively:
Narrow signal bandwidth: f B f S/2:
In order to get a useful result, the sine function is approximated by x − x3/6 (Taylor series):
σ 2n ( f B f S/2) ≈ 2σ 2eπ
2π
f B
T s−2π
f B
T s+
1
6
2π f B
f S
3
=π 2σ 2e
3·
2 f B
f S
3
(4.2.9)
Here, oversampling improves the SNR by 30log f B/ f S , compared to a meager 10log f B/ f Sfor a system without noise shaping (4.2.3).
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
4.2 Higher Order Fractional-N PLLs 63
4.2.4 Different Architectures for Sigma-Delta Modulators
A plethora of different structures and architectures has evolved since the beginnings of thesigma-delta modulator. [NSE97] gives a good overview, here, only a few examples will be
shown:
x(n) xd(n)− −Quantizer
−1z
−1z
+1
−1
Figure 4.13: Second order digital sigma-delta modulator
The SDM in fig. 4.13 has a latency of one clock cycle, here, the most significant bit is stripped
by the quantizer and passed on to the output. It is scaled and fed back into the modulator.
z−1
xd(n)−Quantizer
x(n)
D(n)
D(n) − MSB(n)−1
−1
+1
x2
z
Figure 4.14: Second order digital sigma-delta modulator
The SDM in fig. 4.14 has a latency of zero clock cycles which has advantages for some
applications. The quantizer simply strips off the most significant bit MSB(n), the ”‘rest”’, i.e.
the truncation error D(n) - MSB, is fed back into the modulator. Its transfer function is given
by
H ( z) = z−12− z−1
It is stable for an input range of xxx.
4.2.5 Performance Comparison
The single-loop quantizers have two important drawbacks: due to the limited input range
there are issues with instabilities and they also susceptible to tones.
On the other hand, a drawback of cascaded quantizers (MASH) is the requirement for a
multi-bit DAC resp. multi-modulus prescaler. These multi-bit converters are more prone
to non-linearities than their one-bit counterparts. The noise shaping properties of these twotypes are also different [Rhee2000]: MASH quantizers have a higher corner frequency for the
noise transfer function but create more quantization noise at higher frequencies. This may be
a problem for some wideband applications.
Other Applications of SDM
Multipliers / Attenuators: A digital multiplier for a multi-bit signal has a large hardware
complexity - so why not convert the multi-bit signal to an oversampled one-bit stream? Mul-
tiplication of a one bit signal with a constant c is implemented as a multiplexor, switching
between −c and +c (fig. xxx).
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
64 Fractional-N PLLs
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 5
PLL Modeling and Simulation
All models are wrong; some models
are useful.
W. Edwards Denning, Statistician,
1900-1986
The simulation of PLLs is a challenging task due to the large range of time constants in
a typical loop. A frequency synthesizer for wireless applications may e.g. have an output
frequency of 4 GHz (T = 250 ps), a reference frequency of 26 MHz and a loop filter corner
frequency of 100 kHz (τ = 15.9µ s). In order to verify spectral purity, the loop filter voltage
has to calculated with a precision of a few µ V. Classical mixed-signal simulation can bevery time consuming, a faster method is to apply the event-driven approach well-known from
digital simulation. This approach is well suited to thegrowing digital complexity of frequency
synthesizers and clock and data recovery circuitry. The analog building blocks in the PLL
have to be described in a format suitable for event-driven simulation. This will be described
in the next sections:
5.1 Loop Filter
In most PLLs, the loop filter is a continuous-time, continuous-valued element (fig. 5.1). In
order to simulate the filter in a digital environment which is time-discrete and discrete valued,
it has to be modeled as a digital filter. This can be done by translating its transfer functionfrom the s-domain into the z-domain using the bilinear transform [Proakis, pp. 628-630].
The transformation gives the transfer function for a sampled filter with continuous-valued
coefficients which is exactly what you need for modeling purposes: in VHDL or Verilog, the
coefficients can be defined as real constants with almost arbitrary resolution.
If you want to implement such a filter on silicon for an all digital PLL, you need to quantize
the coefficients and input values as well. The trade-off between word length (i.e. resolution)
and silicon resources (i.e. required area / maximum speed) can be very tricky and is not
described here.
5.1.1 Bilinear Transform
The general transfer function of a filter in the s-domain is given by (factored or summation
form):
65
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
66 PLL Modeling and Simulation
R1
R3R2
C1 C3C2
R1
(voltage mode) (current mode)
to VCO
I
= V
/ R 1
PD/CPPD
P D
C P
V
= I
R 1
P D
C P
2nd pole
3rd pole
1st pole
Figure 5.1: Non-Integrating Loop Filters
H (s) =
M ∏
k =1
s − sk
N
∏l=1
s − sl
=
M ∑
k =0
sk s
k
N
∑l=0
sl sl
; M ≤ N (5.1.1)
where sk are the zeros and sl the poles of the filter.
The z-domain is used to describe dicrete-time processes. The so called bilinear transform
can be used to map the s-domain onto the z-domain:
Bilinear Transform
s → 2T S
z −1 z + 1
= 2
T S
1− z−1
1 + z−1
(5.1.2)
where T S is the sampling period of the discrete-time domain. This conformal mapping maps
the jΩ axis onto the unit circle in the z-domain, the left half plane is mapped into the inner
part of the circle, the right half plane onto its outer part.
Applying this transform gives the transfer function for a corresponding discrete-time (or dig-
ital) filter:
H ( z) =
M ∑
k =0
bk z−k
1 + N
∑k =1
ak z−k
; M ≤ N (5.1.3)
The number of poles N (the order of the filter) is the same as as in the continous-time repre-
sentation but the number of zeros M can be different.
(5.1.3) describes the general transfer function of a filter in the z-domain. This filter can be
realized effectively as a so called IIR (infinite impulse response) structure. (5.1.3) can be
realized as a cascade of two systems
H ( z) = H 1( z) H 2( z) (5.1.4)
where H 1( z) contains all the zeros and is an FIR system, H 2( z) describes an IIR system,
containing all the poles of H ( z):
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5.1 Loop Filter 67
2 H (z) 1H (z)
1-a
0 b
b 1
2 b
b
-1z
v (n)out v (n)
in
-1z
-1z
-1z
M-1
M b
2 -a
N-1-a
N -a
-1z
-1z
Figure 5.2: Realization of an IIR filter in direct form I
H 1( z).
= M
∑k =0
bk z−k (5.1.5)
H 2( z).
=1
1 + ∑ N k =1 ak z
−k (5.1.6)
When H 1( z) is placed before H 2( z) in the signal path, the realization will look like fig. 5.2, itis called “direct form I”. Placing H 2( z) before H 1( z) gives a structure called “direct form II”
(fig. 5.3) that is more efficient because it needs less delays (i.e. registers).
v (n)out
v (n)in
1H (z)
2 H (z)
b 1
b
z
-1z 0 b
-1
M-1
M b
2 -a
1-a
-1z
N-1-a
N -a
Figure 5.3: Realization of an IIR filter in direct form II
The transformation procedure will be demonstrated in detail for a simple RC lowpass:
5.1.2 1st Order Low PassA first order RC lowpass with the transfer function
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
68 PLL Modeling and Simulation
vout (s)
vin(s) =
1
1 + sC 1 R1 (5.1.7)
can be transformed into a digital filter using the bilinear transform:
H ( z) =vout (n)
vin(n)=
1
1 + 2C 1 R1T S
z−1 z+1
=
1
1 + k 11
1− z−1
1+ z−1
with k 11.
=2C 1 R1
T S
=1 + z−1
1 + k 11 + z−1 (1− k 11)
= K 11 + z−1
1 + a11 z−1
with K 1.
=1
1 + k 11
and a11.
= K 1 (1
−k 11) (5.1.8)
This low pass can be easily realized using a “direct form II” structure (fig. 5.4).
1b = 1
in v (n)
K
-a
0 b = 1
z -1
H (z) 2 H (z)
1out
v (n)
1
Figure 5.4: IIR implementation of 1st order RC low pass
This structure can be translated into VHDL or Verilog quite easily, where z−1 is the delay of one sample interval T s:
5.1.3 2nd Order Low Pass
A second order low pass with the transfer equation
vout (s)
vin(s)=
1
k 22s2 + k 21s + 1with k 21 = R1C 1 + R1C 2 + R2C 2 and k 22 = R1 R2C 1C 2 (5.1.9)
is mapped onto the z-plane in a similar way as the 1st order low pass:
H ( z) = vout (n)vin(n)
= 1k 22
z−1 z+1
2+ k 21
z−1 z+1
+ 1
=( z + 1)2
k 22 ( z− 1)2 + k 21 ( z −1)( z + 1) + ( z + 1)2
=z2 + 2 z + 1
z2 (k 22 + k 21 + 1) + z (2−2k 22) + k 22 − k 21 + 1
= K 2 z−2 + 2 z−1 + 1
a22 z−2 + a21 z−1 + 1(5.1.10)
with K 2
=1
k 22 + k 21 + 1, k
21= k
21
2
T S, k
22= k
22 2
T S2
and a22 = K 2 (k 22 − k 21 + 1) , a21 = K 2 (−2k 22 + 2)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5.1 Loop Filter 69
5.1.4 Third Order Low Pass
A third order low pass with the transfer equation
vout (s)
vin(s)=
1
k 33s3 + k 32s2 + k 31s + 1with k 33 = R1 R2 R3C 1C 2C 3,
k 32 = C 1C 2 R1 R2 +C 1C 3 R1 R2 +C 1C 3 R1 R3 +C 2C 3 R1 R3 +C 2C 3 R2 R3
and k 31 = R1C 2 + R2C 2 + R1C 3 + R2C 3 + R3C 3 + R1C 1
is transformed into a digital filter exactly as in the previous sections:
H ( z) = K 3b33 z
−2 + b32 z−2 + b31 z
−1 + 1
a33 z−3 + a32 z−2 + a31 z−1 + 1(5.1.11)
with K 3 =1
k 33 + k 32 + k 31 + 1, k 33 = k 33
2
T S
3
, k 32 = k 32
2
T S
2
, k 31 = k 31
2
T S
a33 = K 3 (−k 33 + k 32 − k 31 + 1) , a32 = 3K 3 (k 33 − k 32 − k 31 + 3) ,
a31 = K 3 (−3k 33 − k 32 + k 31 + 3) and b33 = 1, b32 = b31 = 3
5.1.5 Integrating Loop Filters
Integrating loop filters for PLLs are usually implemented together with a charge pump and
a tristate phase detector. They have a pole at the origin and at least one zero in the transfer
function to keep the loop stable (fig. 5.5).
Their transfer function can be converted to the z-Domain using the same method as described
R2
C2
C3C1
C1
C2
C3
R3
R1
R2
R3
to VCO
to VCO
PD/CP
PD
1st order
1st order
3rd order3rd order
2nd order
2nd order
−
+
b: Active Integratora: Charge Pump
Figure 5.5: Integrating Loop Filters
above:
vout (s)
vin(s)= xxx (5.1.12)
5.1.6 Loop Filter Modeling in VHDL
The following listing shows the basic implementation of a non-integrating IIR filter in VHDL
which is more or less self-explanatory:
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− Common d e c l a r a t i o n s
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
70 PLL Modeling and Simulation
c o n s t a n t TS : r e a l : = r e a l ( TS 2 / f s )∗
5 . 0 e−
16 ;
−− 1 /2 s am pl in g i n t e r v a l
c o n s t a n t TSS : r e a l : = TS ∗ TS ; −− TS ∗∗ 2
c o n s t a n t TSSS : r e a l : = TS ∗ TS ∗ TS ; −− TS ∗∗ 3
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− f i r s t o r d e r f i l t e r c o n s t a n t s −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−c o n s t a n t k11 : r e a l : = R1 ∗ C1 / TS ;
c o n s t a n t K1 : r e a l := 1 .0 / ( k11 + 1 . 0 ) ;
c o n s t a n t a11 : r e a l := (−k 1 1 + 1 . 0 ) ∗ K1 ;
c o n s t a n t b11 : r e a l : = 1 . 0 ;
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− s e co n d o r d er f i l t e r c o n s t a n t s −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−c o n s t a n t k22 : r e a l := R1 ∗ R2 ∗ C1 ∗ C2 / TSS;
c o n s t a n t k21 : r e a l : = ( R1∗C1 + R1∗C2 + R2∗C2 ) / T S ;
c o n s t a n t K2 : r e a l : = 1 . 0 / ( k22 + k21 + 1 . 0 ) ;
c o n s t a n t a22 : r e a l := ( k22 − k21 + 1 . 0 ) ∗ K2 ;
c o n s t a n t a21 : r e a l := (− 2 . 0 ∗ k22 + 2 . 0 ) ∗ K2 ;
c o n s t a n t b22 : r e a l : = 1 . 0 ;
c o n s t a n t b21 : r e a l : = 2 . 0 ;
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− t h i r d o r de r f i l t e r c o n s t a n t s −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−c o n s t a n t k33 : r e a l : = C1 ∗ C2 ∗ C3 ∗ R1 ∗ R2 ∗ R3 / TSSS ;
c o n s t a n t k32 : r e a l : = ( C1∗C2∗R1∗R2+C1∗C3∗R1∗R2+C1∗C3∗R1∗R3
+ C2∗C3∗R1∗R3 + C2∗C3∗R2∗R3 ) / TSS ;
c o n s t a n t k31 : r e a l : = ( R1∗C2+R2∗C2+R1∗C3+R2∗C3+R3∗C3+R1∗C1 )
/ TS;
c o n s t a n t K3 : r e a l := 1 .0 / ( k33 + k32 + k31 + 1 . 0 ) ;
c o n s t a n t a33 : r e a l := ( −k33 + k32 − k 3 1 + 1 . 0 ) ∗ K3 ;
c o n s t a n t a32 : r e a l := ( 3 . 0 ∗ k33 − k3 2 − k 3 1 + 3 . 0 ) ∗ K3 ;
c o n s t a n t a31 : r e a l := (
−3.0
∗k33
−k 3 2 + k 3 1 + 3 . 0 )
∗K3 ;
c o n s t a n t b33 : r e a l : = 1 . 0 ;
c o n s t a n t b32 : r e a l : = 3 . 0 ;
c o n s t a n t b31 : r e a l : = 3 . 0 ;
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
I IR : p r o c e s s ( s c l k ) −− B a s i c I I R f i l t e r
b e g i n
i f s c lk ’ even t t h e n
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−F i l t e r D e f i n i t i o n : uncomment t h e n ee de d p a r t
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− F i r s t Or d er F i l t e r ( no z e r o )
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5.1 Loop Filter 71
−−
−−mem1 <= C P v a l
∗K1
−a1 1
∗mem1;
−− v t u n e <= C P v a l ∗ K1 − a1 1 ∗ mem1 + b11 ∗ mem1;
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− S ec on d O rd er F i l t e r ( n o z e r o )
−−−− mem2 <= mem1;
−− mem1 <= C P v a l ∗ K2 − a2 1 ∗ mem1 − a2 2 ∗ mem2;
−− v t u n e <= C P v a l ∗ K2 − a2 1 ∗ mem1 − a2 2 ∗ mem2
−− + b 2 1 ∗ mem1 + b22 ∗ mem2;
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− T hi rd Or de r F i l t e r ( n o z e ro )
mem3 <= mem2;mem2 <= mem1;
mem1 <= CPval ∗ K3 − a31 ∗ mem1 − a32 ∗ mem2 − a33 ∗ mem3;
v t u n e <= CPval ∗ K3 − a31 ∗ mem1 − a32 ∗ mem2 − a33 ∗ mem3
+ b31 ∗ mem1 + b32 ∗ mem2 + b33 ∗ mem3;
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
end i f ; −− e v e n t
en d p r o c e s s II R ;
The filter calculation is performed each time the clock signals_clk changes (s_clk’event),
i.e. twice per clock period. This clock is a kind of “ticker”, it is defined in yet another process
(also not shown). The clock frequency should be 10x ... 20x higher than the maximum input
frequency. Choosing a higher oversampling ratio improves the accuracy somewhat, however,a lot of events are generated which slow down simulation.
CPval is the state of the charge-pump (current multiplied with the input resistor of the filter)
or of the phase detector (voltage output). CPval is calculated in an extra process, here, non-
linearities of the charge-pump etc. can be incorporated if needed. mem1 etc. are the registers
( z−1 in the block diagrams). Values are shifted from mem1 to mem2 to mem3, the calculations
are performed from top to bottom and from right to left.
The sampling principle of the filter can be major problem in a PLL - this is true for an all-
digital PLL as well as for a behavioral simulation using a digital filter model. The reason
for this is that the filter has to run on a fixed sampling period T S1 while the charge pump can
basically switch at any time. This means, the filter will notice a change at the charge pumpoutput only with a delay of T S/2 in average. This is equivalent to the phase detector / charge
pump having an average timing error of T S/2 which has an disastrous effect for many sys-
tems unless you choose a very small sampling period. You’ll see some kind of beat frequency
effect as the PWM signal of phase detector interferes with the sampling period.
At least for behavioral modelling there is a solution: measure the time between the switching
of the phase detector / charge pump and the next sampling clock event and relate it to the
sampling period (“fractional” period). Then scale the filter input with this value - et voila!
This means, you translate the timing error into an amplitude error which can be handled by
the filter:
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− I I R f i l t e r w i th c o r r e c t i o n o f s a mp l in g e r r o r
1Ok, it is possible to use non-equidistant sampling, but you’ll be in REALLY deep water ...
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
72 PLL Modeling and Simulation
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−I IR : p r o c e s s ( s c l k , C P i )
v a r i a b l e T S f ra c v : r e a l ; −− f r a c t i o n a l t im e s t e p :
−− e v e nt d e l t a t im e r e l a t i v e
−− t o s a mp l in g p e r i od
v a r i a b l e T l as t v : t im e ; −− t im e o f l a s t c a l c u l a t i o n
v a r i a b l e f r a c f l a g : b o o l ea n ; −− f r a c t i o n a l c y c l e ?
v a r i a b l e f r a c f l a g d : b oo le an ; −− f r a c t i o n a l c y c l e ( p r e vi o u s ) ?
b e g i n
i f s c lk ’ even t or CP i ’ eve nt t h e n
i f (now − T l a s t v < TS 2t ) t h e n−− ” f r a c t i o n a l ” c y cl e : t i m e s i n c e l a s t e v e n t
−− i s l e s s t h a n TS :
T s fr a c v : = r e a l ( ( now − T l a s t v ) / f s ) / r e a l ( ( T S 2 t ) / f s ) ;
f r a cf l a g := t r u e ;
i f C P i = ’ 0 ’ t h e n −− CP h a s j u s t s w i t c h e d o f f
CPval <= T s f r a c v ∗ CP DC c ;
e l s e −− CP h as j u s t s w i t c he d on
CPval <= ( 1 . 0 − T s f r a c v ) ∗ CP DC c ;
end i f ; −− C P i
e l s e
−− n or ma l c y c l e
i f C P i = ’ 1 ’ t h e nCPval <= CP DC c ;
e l s e
CPval <= 0 . 0 ;
end i f ; −− C P i
f r ac f l a g d := f r a c f l a g ; −− s t o r e l a s t f r a c f l a g
f r a c f l ag := f a l se ; −− r e s e t f r a c f l a g
end i f ; −− t i m e s t e p
i f n o t f r a c f l a g d t h e n
T la s t v := NOW;
−−don ’ t s t o r e t i m e s t ep i f t h e l a s t one was a f r a c t i o n a l
−− o ne − o t h er w i se t h i s c y c l e wo u l d b e c a l c u l a t e d t w i c e
. . .
end i f ; −− i f n ot f r a c f l a g
end i f ; −− e v e n t
e nd p r o c e s s II R ;
5.1.7 Loop Filter Modeling Using Exponential Functions
Alternatively, the Laplace Transform can be used to calculate the step response of a filter:
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5.2 VCO Modeling 73
5.2 VCO Modeling
The efficiency of VCO is increased tremendously by ignoring the amplitude information and
regarding only the zero crossings. The following simple VHDL model calculates the ideal
VCO period in fs. The result is scaled with a scaling factor f res which can be used to improve
the resolution (see below). Last cycle’s truncation error is added to the current period to avoid
accumulation of the error as this would give a period error of ca. 0.5fs (see section 5.3).
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− B e h a v i o r a l VCO m od el ( e x c e r p t )
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−. . .
b e g i n −− p r o c e s s FREQ GEN
v c o o u t <= ’ 0 ’ ;
p e r i o d t <= 3 00 p s ∗ f r e s ;
p e r io d e r r v := 0 . 0 ;
VCOLoop : l o o p
v c o o u t <= t r a n s p o r t ’1 ’ a f t e r VCODelay ,
’0 ’ a f t e r pe r i od t /2 + VCODelay ;
w ai t f o r p e r i o d t ;
p er io d v := f r e s / ( ( f 0 + kvco ∗ v t u n e i ) ∗ 1. 0 e −15)
+ p e r i o d e r r v ;
p e r i o d t <= ( p e r i o d v )
∗f s ;
−−p e r i o d i n f s
−− c a l c u l a t e t r u n c a t i o n e r r or :
p e r i o d e r r v : = p e ri o d v − r e a l ( ( p e r i o d v ∗ f s ) / f s ) ;
−− c a l c u l a t e d e v i a t i o n f ro m t a r g e t f r e q u en c y :
d e l t a f <= 1 . 0 e 15 / p e r i o d i d v ∗ f r e s − f t a r g ;
e nd l o o p VCOLoop;
en d p r o c e s s FREQ GEN;
v c o o <= v c o o u t ;
5.3 Accuracy Limitation of Sampled / Quasi-Analog Mod-els
The sampled nature of a digital simulator puts a limit to the achievable simulation accuracy.
Let’s have a look at the consequences:
5.3.1 Amplitude Quantization
Real numbers in VHDL are represented with double accuracy (64 bits) according to AN-
SI/IEEE Std 754-1985 (1 sign bit [S], 11 bits for the exponent [EXP], 52 bits [m] for the
mantissa). The value of such a real number is calculated from:
VALUE = (−1)S ∗ 2 EXP−1023 ∗1. mmm . . . m 52 bits
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
74 PLL Modeling and Simulation
The 52 bits m of the mantissa (the fraction) have been normalized to have an integer part of
1, representing values in the range 1 . . . 2−
2−
52. As the normalized mantissa always has an
integer part of 1, it can be omitted in the binary representation (“hidden bit normalization”),
increasing the accuracy by one bit. The resulting accuracy of the fraction is
ε = 2−52 ≈ 2.2 ·10−16,
corresponding to approximately 16 decimal digits of accuracy.
The 11 bits for the exponent are biased with -1023, so the range of values is 2−1023 . . .2 ·21024.
In the decimal system, this corresponds to 1.1 ·10−308 . . .3.6 ·10308.
The gap between a number x and the next representation depends on the exponent, it is
∆ x = ε ·2
EXP
−1023
.This numerical range and accuracy is equivalent to “analog” simulators like Matlab or Spice
(which usually use the same binary representation), it should be more than sufficient for most
requirements.
5.3.2 Timing Quantization
In VHDL, events are timed using a 64 bit integer variable. The minimum timestep is T ε = 1
fs, the corresponding maximum time event takes place after 263 fs ≈ 2 1/2 hrs. This quanti-
zation creates a timing error T err ,q < T ε : if timing events are derived from calculations in real
format (see VCO model), the truncation will create the event a fraction of a fs earlier than
calculated: T qu = T id − ε . For autonomous (oscillating) systems, this timing error translates
into a frequency error f err :
Frequency error due to timing quantization
f err = f qu − f id =1
T id − T err ,q
− 1
T id
≈ 1 + T err ,q/T id
T id
− 1
T id
=T err ,q
T 2id
<T ε
T 2id
(5.3.1)
The average timing error can be brought to zero, giving a correct average frequency, e.g. by
summing up the error and correcting it in the next cycle. However, this correction will create
additional jitter with a uniform distribution in the range −T ε /2 . . .+T ε /2 with an RMS timing
error of T ε /(2√
3).
Usually, its spectrum is white up to the signal frequency (cyclostationary noise). In a first
order approximation2, this jitter is white PM noise (driven blocks) or FM noise (autonomousblocks).
EXAMPLE 3: Timing quantization error
A VCO model runs with a frequency near 4.0 GHz, corresponding to a period
of ≈ 250 ps. During the generation of the timing event, the fractional part of the
period (in fs) is truncated. This means, the period is always a little short - on
average3 by T ε /2 = 0.5fs. The resulting frequency error f err is (5.3.1)
f err ≈ T ε
2T 2vco,id
=1 fs
2 · (250 ps)2= 8kHz
2
assuming the error is uncorrelated3Only a crude approximation, the actual error depends on the period duration: when the VCO e.g. runs with
exactly 4 GHz, there will be no truncation error.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5.4 Noise Modeling 75
The resulting jitter is in the range of ±0.5fs, with a sigma of T ε /(2√
3) ≈ 0.29
fs. Referred to T vco
= 250 ps, the unit interval jitter is J UI ,rms ≈
1.2·10
−6. This
jitter is white FM noise with a PSD of ca. -134 dBc (1Hz) at 1 MHz offset.
5.4 Noise Modeling
5.4.1 Event Driven Approach
In event-driven languages like Verilog or VHDL, phase noise can only be represented in the
time domain i.e. as jitter. Therefore, the first step has to be to transfer phase noise specifica-
tions from the frequency into the time domain. This is not an easy task and is described for
some special cases in chapter 9.
Randon Number Generation
A random number source with a well defined characteristic is needed to model random
processes. Most programming languages offer some sort of pseudo-random number gen-
erator but its quality may be not sufficient for high-resolution simulations. Next, a simple
modulus arithmetic algorithm is described that produces pseudo-random sequences with a
length of 231− 2 and is suitable for 32 bit integer arithmetic. The random seeds may be odd
or even.
x(n) .= 75 ∗ x(n −1) mod (231 −1) (5.4.1)
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− PROCEDURE u n i d i s t
−−−− PURPOSE : G e n e ra t e a n u n i f o r m l y d i s t r i b u t e d n um be r
−− s tr ea m i n t h e r an ge [ 0 , 1 )
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− A l g o r i th m t a k e n f ro m :
−− T he A r t o f C om pu te r S y s t em s P e rf o rm a nc e
−− A n a l y s i s , R . J a i n 1 991 ( p . 4 4 3 )
−−−− h t t p : / / www . d e e p c h i p . com / p o s t s / 0 1 2 6 . h t m l
−− Mark G on za le s o f I n t e l
−−−− Usage ( s e e d1 v and r a nd 1 v a re o v e r w r i t t e n i n e ac h s t e p ) :
−−−− v a r i a b l e s e e d1 v : i n t e g e r := 1 23 ; −− i n i t i a l se e d
−− v a r i a b l e r an d1 v : r e a l ; −− o u t p u t
−−−− . . .
−−−− u n i d i s t ( s ee d 1 v , r a nd 1 v ) ;
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
76 PLL Modeling and Simulation
p r o c e d u r e u n i d i s t (
v a r i a b l e s ee d : i n o u t i n t e g e r ;
v a r i a b l e X : o u t r e a l ) i s
c o n s t a n t a : i n t e g e r := 16807; −− = 7 ∗∗ 5
c o n s t a n t m : i n t e g e r := 2147483647; −− = 2∗∗31 − 1
c o n s t a n t q : i n t e g e r := 127773 ; −− m D IV a
c o n s t a n t r : i n t e g e r := 2836 ; −− m MOD a
c o n s t a n t m r e a l : r e a l := r e a l (M) ;
v a r i a b l e s ee d d i v q : i n t e g e r ;
v a r i a b l e s ee d m od q : i n t e g e r ;
v a r i a b l e new seed : i n t eg e r ;
b e g i n
s e ed d i v q : = s eed / q ; −− t r u n c a t i n g−− i n t . d i v i s i o n
s ee d m od q : = s e ed mod q ; −− m o d u l u s
new seed := a ∗ seed mod q − r ∗ s e e d d i v q ;
i f ( new seed > 0) t h e n
s e e d : = n e w se e d ;
e l s e s e ed : = n ew s ee d + m;
end i f ;
X := r e a l ( s eed ) / m r e a l ;
en d u n i d i s t ;
An alternative in VHDL would be to use RAND() / GET_RAND_MAX() from the MATH_REAL
package to get a uniformly distributed pseudo-random number. Use SRAND(seed) to seed a
new random stream. However, sequence length is unknown, which might create false period-
icities.
The superposition of many microscopic uniform processes results in a macroscopic process
with gaussian distribution (central limit theorem). Therefore, one way to generate a gaussian
distributed random process is to generate some uniformly distributed samples and calculate
their average. For most applications, superposition of ten samples should be enough to ob-
tain one sample of a Gaussian process. One drawback of this approach is that the effective
sequence length of the resulting Gaussian process is only one tenth of the uniform process,
another one is of course the increased computational effort. Another aproach is described
in [PM96], where two uncorrelated uniform processes x1(n), x2(n) are transformed into two
uncorrelated gaussian processes xn,1(n), xn,2(n). First, one of the processes is transformedinto a random process x R,1(n) with Rayleigh distribution:
x R,1(n) :=
2log
1
1− x1(n)(5.4.2)
Two processes with Gaussian (normal) distribution (m = 0, σ = 1) can be derived from
x R,1(n) and x2(n):
xn,1(n) = cos(2π x2(n)) · x R,1(n) (5.4.3)
xn,2(n) = sin(2π x2(n)) · x R,1(n) (5.4.4)
The average value and standard deviation of xn,1(n), xn,2(n) is easily changed by adding an
offset m resp. scaling with a factor σ . The computational effort for calculating the transcen-
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5.4 Noise Modeling 77
dental functions sqrt(), log(), sin() and cos() is quite high but at least the sequence length is
not reduced.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− PROCEDURE n o r m di s t
−−−− Usage :
−− s e ed and norm m us t be v a r i a b l e s , n o t c o n s t a n t s !
−− . . .
−−−− n o r m d i s t ( s e e d1 v , s e e d2 v , s i gm a1 c , m c1 , n or m1 v ,
−− s i g ma 2 c , m c2 , n or m 2 v ) ;
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
p r o c e d u r e n o r m d i s t (
v a r i a b l e s ee d1 : i n o u t i n t e g e r ; −− S ee d f o r 1 s t r nd nu mb er
v a r i a b l e s ee d2 : i n o u t i n t e g e r ; −− S ee d f o r 2 nd r nd nu mb er
c o n s t a n t sigma 1 : i n r e a l ; −− S ig ma 1
c o n s t a n t m1 : i n r e a l ; −− A vg . 1
v a r i a b l e norm1 : o u t r e a l ; −− n o r m a ll y d i s t r i b u t e d
c o n s t a n t sigma 2 : i n r e a l ; −− S ig ma 2
c o n s t a n t m2 : i n r e a l ; −− A vg . 2
v a r i a b l e norm2 : o u t r e a l −− n o r m a ll y d i s t r i b u t e d
) i s
−−o u t p u t v a r i a b l e
c o n s t a n t TWO PI c : r e a l : = 2 . 0 ∗ MATH PI ;
v a r i a b l e r r a n d : r e a l := 0 .0 ; −− R a yl e i gh d i s t r i b u t e d random
−− numb . i n t h e r a ng e [ 0 , 1 )
v a r i a b l e rand1 : r e a l ; −− u n i f or m ly d i s t r i b u t e d
v a r i a b l e rand2 : r e a l ; −− random v a r i a b l e s
b e g i n
u n i d i s t ( s ee d 1 , r a n d 1 ) ;
u n i d i s t ( s ee d 2 , r a n d 2 ) ;
r ra nd := SQRT (2 .0 ∗ LOG ( 1 . 0 / ( 1 . 0 − ra nd 1 ) ) ) ; −− R a y l e i g h
−− d i s t r i b .norm1 := m1 + s igma1 ∗ COS( TWO PI c ∗ ran d2 ) ∗ r ra nd ;
norm2 := m2 + s igma2 ∗ SIN ( TWO PI c ∗ ran d2 ) ∗ r ra nd ;
en d n o r m d i s t ;
White Noise
In the simplest case, phase noise has a white spectrum and a gaussian distribution. It is spec-
ified by a single figure in the frequency domain because the power spectral density (PSD)
is constant over frequency. Correspondingly, in the time domain the jitter is completely
described by its standard deviation σ . In spite of its simplicity, this noise / jitter model de-
scribes many real-world systems with sufficient accuracy. The reason for this is that added
white gaussian noise is such an omnipresent phenomenon that it was even awarded an own
acronym (AWGN). AWGN is translated into timing error (or jitter) by nearly every signal
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
78 PLL Modeling and Simulation
processing stage.
How can white phase noise be modeled in e.g. VHDL? First we’ll look at non-autonomous
blocks like a logic gate or a buffer. These blocks process an event at their inputs and pass it
on to the output with a certain latency. This latency depends on the slew rate at the input, the
speed of the actual circuit etc. The latency varies in a random fashion due to e.g. thermal
noise in the circuit.
5.5 Spectral Estimation of Simulation Results
In contrast to an analog or mixed-signal simulator, there is no easy way to regard simulation
results in the frequency domain with a digital simulator. One workaround to this dilemma is
described in [Kun98], where the period data of the VCO is written to a text file and analyzed
using a MATLAB script. Due to the simplified VCO model, only the VCO period data isavailable. Spectral data like phase noise and spurious sidebands are contained in the devia-
tions of the zero crossings from ideal times.
Summing up the periods yields the output phase of the VCO over time which approximates
the ideal VCO phase 2π f vco,id · t , a linear slope. However, running a Fourier analysis of this
”raw” phase data is a bad idea because the actual spectral information is smothered by the
spectral components of the linear slope, especially at low frequencies4. A much better res-
olution is achieved by first subtracting the linear phase due to the average VCO frequency
2π f vco · t which can be extracted easily from the period data. Assuming the PLL is in locked
state, the average frequency of the VCO is constant.
MATLAB can remove the slope automatically by giving the option ”detrending” for the
power spectral density calculation. A basic MATLAB script for analysis of the VCO spec-
trum looks like this:
% R ea d VCO P e r i o d D at a f r om t e x t f i l e
n r e a d = −1; % re ad a l l s am pl es
[ vco pe r iod s ] = t e x t re ad ( ’VCO data . t x t ’ , ’%f ’ , n read ) ;
% C a l c u l a t e # o f s am pl es , avg . , max . and s t d . d e v i a t i o n o f p e r i o d s
N sample = l e n g t h ( v c o p e r i o d s ) ; % No . o f s am pl es
T m = mean ( v c o p e r i o d s ) ; % A vg . p e r i o d
J m = s t d ( v c o p e r i o d s ) ; % S t d . Dev . o f p e r i o d s
s t d d p h i = J m / T m ; % S t d . Dev . o f p ha s e
max dph i= max ( ab s ( v c o p e r i o d s
−T m ) ) / T m ; % Max . Dev . o f p h as e
n f f t = 3 27 68 ; % = 2 ˆ 15
w in Le ng th = n f f t ;
o v e r l a p = f i x ( n f f t / 2 ) ; % 50% O v e r l a p
winNBW = 1 . 5 ;
rbw=winNBW/ ( T m∗ n f f t ) ;
% C a lc u l at e v e c t o r w i t h c u mu l a t i v e p ha se
c u m p h i v c o = 2 ∗ p i ∗ cumsum ( v c o p e r i o d s ) / T m ;
% Remove t h e l i n e a r p a r t o f t h e VCO p ha se and e s t i m a t e
% i t s Power S p e c t r a l D e n si t y4A constant slope in the time domain has a PSD increasing with 60dB / dec towards zero
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5.5 Spectral Estimation of Simulation Results 79
[Sphi VCO , f ]= psd ( cum ph i vco , n f f t , 1 /T m, winL ength , ove r la p , ’ l i ne a r ’ ) ;
N f = l e n g t h ( f ) ;
% Ap p l y c o r r e c t s c a l i n g ( 2∗ D e l t a T / N FFT )? ?
Sphi VCO = winNBW ∗ Sphi VCO / n f f t ;
% F in d maximum a nd c o r r e s p o n d i n g f r e q u e n c y
[ MaxSphi2 VCO , Maxfs2 ] = max( Sphi VCO ) ;
f i g u r e ( 1 ) ;
c l f ;
s e m i l o g x ( f ( 2 : N f ) , 10∗ l o g 1 0 ( Sp hi 2 (2 : N f ) ) ) ;
h o l d on ;
x l a b e l ( ’ Frequency (Hz) ’ ) ;
y l a b e l ( ’ S \ p h i ( dB [ 1 Hz ] ) ’ ) ;t i t l e ( ’VCO PSD ’ , . . .
’ f o n t s i z e ’ , 1 2 , ’ f o n t w e i g h t ’ , ’ b o l d ’ ) ;
The actual estimation of the power spectral density of the dicrete-time VCO phase data is
performed using Welch’s averaged, modified periodogram method. This method reduces the
variance in the spectral estimate at the cost of reduced frequency resolution.
[P XX , f ] = psd (X, N FFT , Fs , N WINDOW, N OVERLAP, ’ l i n e a r ’ ) ;
The time discrete data X is split into sections of length N_FFT, overlapping by N_OVERLAP.
An overlap of NFFT/2 (50%) usually gives good results. Each segment is ”detrended”, i.e.
the constant linear slope is removed before it is windowed with a Hanning window of length
N_WINDOW = N_FFT. The magnitude squared DFTs with length N_FFT of each segment are
averaged and stored in the vector P_XX with length NFFT/2. The parameter Fs is only neededto generate the second vector f with the properly scaled frequency data for the x-axis of the
PSD - plots. It has the same length as P_XX.
Other windowing functions are possible as well, e.g. KAISER(512,5) for a Kaiser window
with order 5 and with length 512. Additionally, the confidence interval for the PSD can be
stored as well by
[ P XX , P xx c , f ] = ps d (X , N FFT , Fs ,N WINDOW,N OVERLAP, p , ’ l i n e a r ’ ) ;
where p is a scalar (range 0 . . . 1, default 0.95) and P_xxc is a matrix with 2 rows containing
the p * 100% confidence interval for P_xx.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
80 PLL Modeling and Simulation
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Part II
Spurious Sidebands
81
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 6
Reference Frequency Feedthrough
Musik wird storend oft empfunden,
dieweil sie mit Gerausch verbunden.
Wilhelm Busch
Overview: In this chapter, the mechanisms of spurious sideband creation
are explained using the example of disturbances on the loop filter voltage.
After a little modulation theory, the effects of sinusoidal and general periodic
disturbances are analyzed. The important cases of DC currents flowing into the loop filter and of short error pulses are presented in detail.
6.1 FM / PM Modulation Basics
Spurious sidebands are created by a disturbing signal that somehow interferes with the car-
rier, creating additional tones besides the carrier. A little modulation theory is needed before
diving into the more practical issues of spurious estimation and avoidance. In this chapter,
modulation of the VCO tuning voltage by the reference frequency will serve as an example
for a disturbing signal because it is a common problem (fig. 6.1) and can be analysed in a
relative painless way.
When e.g. up- and down-pulses are not perfectly synchronized or otherwise mismatched, a
net error current ie(t ) flows into the loop filter that is periodic with the reference frequency
f re f . It is converted by the loop filter impedance Z LF (s) into a voltage error ve(t ) of the VCO
control voltage (see chapter 2.5.2). At the VCO output, they can be observed as spurious
sidebands around the carrier frequency f 0 (see fig. 1.1) with offsets of ±k f re f ; k = 1,2, . . ..
In order to analyze the effect of these disturbances, a little modulation theory is needed: The
PLL is assumed to be in locked state with a static VCO control voltage V CTRL. The ideal VCO
output frequency ω 0 has a constant part - the base frequency ω B at zero control voltage - and
a tuned part ∆ω ctrl = 2π K vcoV CTRL. The tuning sensitivity of the VCO describes the relation
between a change in control voltage and the resulting change in output frequency. It is given
by K vco .= ∂ f 0/∂ vctrl . K vco is always somewhat dependent on the DC value of the control
voltage, V ctrl , but this will be ignored here. In addition to these static components, a small
83
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
84 Reference Frequency Feedthrough
fVCO
fout
fref
fref
fsys
f = f / NVCOref
+PD
CP
1
R
F(s)
1
N
1
D
fref
fref
Phase Detector /Charge Pump
Filter
Loop
N−Divider
ReferenceDivider
LO−DividerVCO
Figure 6.1: Spurious generation due to reference frequency leakage
, φωvco vco
N1
V ctrl + ve
i up
i e
i dn
φ=φdiv vco
N
φdiv
refφ
PD
down
upVCO
Divider
Charge Pump
Loop Filter
cut here
to open loop
F(s)
Phase Detector
Figure 6.2: Block schematic of a PLL
error voltage ve(t ) sits on top of V CTRL (|ve| V CTRL, see Fig. 1.1), causing an unwanted
frequency modulation of ∆ω e(t ) = 2π K vcove(t ). The output signal of the VCO is given by:
svco(t ) = Acos(ω Bt + ∆ω CTRLt + ∆ω e(t ) t )
=Acos
(ω
0t
+ ∆ω
e(t )
t )
(6.1.1)
= Acos(ω 0t + 2π K vcove(t ) t )
showing that ve(t ) causes a frequency modulation. The effect of ve(t ) can be analyzed more
easily when it is given as a phase modulation1. Frequency modulation is transformed into
phase modulation by integrating the modulation signal:
∆φ e(t ) =
t
−∞ω e(τ ) d τ = 2π K vco
t
−∞ve(τ ) d τ (6.1.2)
Using (6.1.2), the frequency modulation of the VCO (6.1.1) can be expressed as a phase
modulation:
1The reason for this is the term cos(. . . ve(t )t . . .) that cannot be expanded using Bessel functions as described in
the appendix.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
6.2 Sinusoidal Disturbance of Tuning Voltage 85
svco(t ) = A cos(ω 0t + ∆ω e(t ) t )
= A cos
ω 0t +
t
−∞ω e(τ ) d τ
= A cos
ω 0t + 2π K vco
t
−∞ve(τ ) d τ
(6.1.3)
= A cos(ω 0t + ∆φ e(t ))
In the next sections, some typical disturbances of the VCO control voltage caused by refer-
ence frequency feedthrough are analysed.
6.2 Sinusoidal Disturbance of Tuning Voltage
We first look at the case of a sinusoidal modulation signal ve(t ) = m cosω 1t with amplitude m
and frequency f 1: This disturbance can be caused e.g. by e.g. a signal coupling capacitively
onto the control voltage or by charge pump pulses, heavily filtered by the loop filter. Using
(6.1.2), the phase of the modulating signal is calculated as:
∆φ (t ) = 2π K vco
t
−∞mcosω 1τ d τ
=mK vco
f 1sinω 1t
= µ sinω 1t where µ = mK vco/ f 1 (6.2.1)
(see appendix G.5 about the integration), µ is called modulation index. In a proper PLL de-
sign, disturbances and hence the modulation index are small, in this case the output spectrum
can be approximated using the Low Modulation Index Approximation (D.1.3) described in
appendix D:
Low Modulation Index Approximation
svco(t ) = Acos(ω 0t +µ sinω 1t )
≈ Aµ
2cos(ω 0t +ω 1t ) + cosω 0t − µ
2cos(ω 0t −ω 1t )
(6.2.2)
The resulting VCO output signal has two new components at f 0 ± f 1 with relative levels of:
s±1 ≈ µ
2=
mK vco
2 f 1≡ 20log
µ 2
dBc (6.2.3)
(6.2.3) shows that the modulation effect decreases with the modulation frequency - this is a
consequence of the integrating behaviour of the VCO concerning its control signal. The exact
spectrum of the VCO output signal is given in the appendix D: (D.1.1) shows that the output
signal has additional sideband spurs at ±k f 1 (k = 2, 3, . . .) around the carrier, created by the
non-linearity of frequency modulation. In contrast to that, the low-modulation index FM ap-
proximation (6.2.2) predicts only sidebands at ± f 1 which is only approximately correct for
low modulating indices.
Note: Spurious levels in this paper are always given relative to the carrier amplitude A,
sometimes with the pseudo-unit dBc (c : carrier). As most spurs are symmetrical with respect
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
86 Reference Frequency Feedthrough
to the carrier, usually no difference is being made between lower and upper sidebands, i.e.
s+1
= s−1
= s1.
f 0 f +f0 n
f −f0 n
|S (f)|
f 0f0 f +f0 n
f +f0 n
|S (f)|
ff
A02
0N /4
02µ2
A /8
02
A /2
00
02
A /4
02µ2
A /16A0
20N /8
0
Single sided Double sided
Figure 6.3: Comparison of single and double sided notation
In this paper, spectra are given in “engineering notation”, i.e. using only positive frequencies
(unless noted otherwise)2 - see also appendix A on this topic. Spectra of real-valued (real
life) signals are always symmetric with respect to the 0 Hz point. “Engineering” spectra are
denoted with a single index, “mathematical” spectra with a double index:
S0( f ) = 2S00( f ) for f ≥ 0
This definition ensures that energy / power of “engineering” and “mathematical” spectra are
the same.
EXAMPLE 4: Spurs caused by a sinusoidal disturbance
The VCO control voltage (K vco =50MHz/V) is disturbed by a sinusoidal signal
with the frequency f 1 = 200kHz and amplitude m = 1mV. What does the output
spectrum look like? The disturbance causes a frequency modulation of the VCO
with a modulation index of µ = mK vco/ f 1 = 0.25, producing the first sideband
spurs ( f 0 ± f 1) at 20log(µ /2) = −18dB below the carrier (6.2.3).
Due to the nonlinearity of frequency modulation there are also higher order
harmonics not predicted by (6.2.2): The exact calculation (D.1.1) gives sec-
ond order sideband spurs ( f 0 ± 2 f 1) with levels of 20log(µ 2/8) = −42dBc.
This means, a modulation index of 0.25 is not “low”. In order to keep second
(and higher) order harmonics below e.g. -100dBc, a modulation index less thanµ = √
8 ·10−100/20 = 0.009 is necessary. Using the data above, this corresponds
to a maximum amplitude of m = f 1µ /K vco = 36µ V, producing first order spurs
of 20log(µ /2) = −41dBc. Obviously, the VCO input is a very sensitive node in
the system!
Note: A low-modulation index FM spectrum is identical to the spectrum of a double side
band (DSB) AM signal with an AM modulation index µ AM = m/ A < 1 except for the phase
reversal of the lower sideband. However, power spectrum and occupied bandwidth are the
same. FM with a high modulation index (e.g. FM radio) has a lot of excess bandwidth due
to higher order harmonics. Therefore, low-modulation index FM is also called “Narrowband
FM”:2Not to be confused with positive / negative offset frequencies from the carrier!
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
6.3 Periodic Disturbances of Tuning Voltage 87
s AM
(t ) = A+µ AM
2cos(ω
0t −ω
1t ) + cosω
0t +
µ AM
2cos(ω
0t +ω
1t )
6.3 Periodic Disturbances of Tuning Voltage
In most cases, disturbances of the loop filter voltage will not be sinusoidal because many
signals on-chip are switched signals with a high harmonic content.
However, the procedure for calculating the effect of these disturbances is quite similiar to last
section: A periodic signal ve(t ) with the fundamental frequency f 1 can be decomposed into
an infinite Fourier series (see appendix A):
ve(t ) =∞
∑k =1
ck cos(k ω 1t +φ k )
where ck is the amplitude of the k-th harmonic and φ k is its phase. It has been assumed thatve(t ) is DC-free (c0 = 0) because a locked PLL compensates static and slow3 changes of the
VCO output frequency ω 0.
The spurious sidebands created by such a signal can be calculated in a similiar fashion as for
sinusoidal disturbances: each harmonic of the modulating signal is upconverted around the
carrier separately (fig. 6.4).
mod|S (f)| |S (f)|vco
reff 2fref
f
vco,mod|S (f)|
f0 ref−f f0 f0+f reff0
x =
ff
Figure 6.4: Periodic Disturbance of Control Voltage
However, this is only allowed for low modulation indices where frequency modulation be-
haves in a nearly linear way and superposition can be applied. At the VCO output, the
amplitude of the k-th harmonic is attenuated by 1/k f 1 due to the integrating behaviour of the
VCO:
svco(t ) = Acosω 0t +
∞
∑k =1
µ k
2 (cos(ω 0t + (k ω 1t +φ k )) − cos(ω 0t − (k ω 1t +φ k )))where µ k =
K vcock
k f 1(6.3.1)
is the modulation index for the k-th harmonic. A periodic disturbance of the VCO control
voltage with fourier coefficients ck produces spurious sidebands with relative levels sk of
Spurious Sidebands Caused by Periodic Disturbance
sk
≈µ k
2
=K vcock
2k f 1
; k = 1,2, . . . (6.3.2)
3frequencies within the loop bandwidth.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
88 Reference Frequency Feedthrough
(6.3.2) allows an easy simulation / calculation of the spurious sidebands of a locked PLL:
• Run a transient simulation of the PLL long enough until it is in locked state.
• Run a Fourier analysis on the VCO control voltage waveform. This gives the ck ’s.
• Multiply ck by K vco/(2k f re f ) to obtain the relative amplitude of the k-th spurious side-
band.
In contrast to that, it is nearly impossible to obtain this result directly from the VCO’s phase
with a harmonic balance or periodic steady-state analysis, especially when analyzing a fre-
quency synthesizer with a high ratio between VCO and reference frequency: many reference
cycles are needed before the PLL is locked and the phase error is low enough to start a fourier
analysis. In periodic steady state analysis, the simulation needs to cover at least one cycle of
the lowest frequency in the circuit (reference frequency in this case) which takes a lot of com-
puting time as many VCO cycles have to be simulated in the same time. Achieving a locked
state in a periodic steady state analysis is therefore impossible with the average computing
power available today.
6.4 Sidebands Induced By DC Leakage Current
When a DC error current ie(t ) = I L flows into an integrating loop filter (Type II PLL)4, the
output voltage ve(t ) will be a ramp (see fig. 6.5), reset by the PD/CP every T re f . A DC
leakage current can be caused e.g. by lossy capacitors in the loop filter or ESD damage of the
charge pump output. At the reference frequency, the loop filter can be approximated by the
equivalent loop filter capacitance C ∗1 (see section 2.5.2) which is approximately equal to theanti-ripple capacitor C 1:
riseTTref
IL
Tw
I cp
i (t)cp
v (t)e
m
t
t
Figure 6.5: Disturbance Caused by DC Leakage Current I L
ve(t ) =I L
C ∗1· t for 0 ≤ t < T re f
In a closed loop, ve(t ) is reduced to zero at the end of each reference cycle ( t = T re f ) by a
short charge pump pulse of opposite polarity. If I L
I CP, the charge pump pulse is very
4Type I PLLs are relatively immune to this kind of disturbance because they don’t integrate the leakage current -
here, a DC current merely generates an constant offset that is compensated by the loop.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
6.4 Sidebands Induced By DC Leakage Current 89
short and the rise time of the voltage ramp is T rise ≈ T re f , i.e. ve(t ) can be approximated by a
periodic sawtooth function saw(t) with an amplitude m of
m ≈ I L
C ∗1· T re f (6.4.1)
As usually, the DC part (m/2) of ve(t ) is suppressed by the locked loop:
ve(t ) = m
saw
t
T re f
− 1
2
(6.4.2)
where saw(t ) is the periodic sawtooth function with period and amplitude of 1. This requires
that the sum of the charges due to I L and I CP is zero over each period:
I cp T w = I L
T re f − T w
≈ I LT re f forT w T re f
The Fourier coefficients of sawtooth function ve(t ) are:
ck =m
π k ; k=1,2,...
The level of the VCOoutput spurious sidebands canbe calculated using (6.3.2) with f 1 = f re f :
Spurious Sidebands Caused by DC Leakage Current
sk =K vcom
2π k 2 f re f =
K vco I L
2π C ∗1 k 2 f 2re f
; k = 1,2, . . . (6.4.3)
(6.4.3) allows to estimate quickly the effect of design changes, e.g. how much spurious side-
bands are reduced by increasing the reference frequency or the loop filter capacitance. Or,
how much the leakage current requirements can be relaxed while maintaining the same spu-
rious performance. (6.4.3) also shows once more that a high K vco makes the system more
sensitive to leakage currents into the loop filter (and to modulation effects in general) and
should be avoided if possible.
EXAMPLE 5: Spurs due to DC leakage current
An integrating loop filter with the following elements (see fig. 2.11)
C 2 = 5.6nF, R2 = 3.3k Ω ⇒ T 2 = 18.5µ s ( f 2 = 8.6kHz), b = 15.4C 1 = 390pF ⇒ T 1 = T 2/b = 1.2µ s ( f 1 = 132kHz)
C 3 = 120pF, R3 = 8.2k Ω ⇒ T 3 = 1µ s ( f 3 = 162kHz - post-filter)
is used in a PLL with reference frequency f re f = 200kHz and K vco = 80MHz/V,
the DC leakage current is I L = 80nA. As f re f f 2, the equivalent loop filter
capacitance is C ∗1 ≈ C 1. The amplitude of the resulting sawtooth voltage (6.4.1)
on the loop filter voltage is m ≈ 1mV. With this data, the spurious sidebands
without a post-filter can be calculated (6.4.3). The attenuation of the post-filter
| A3( f )| is calculated separately (see section 2.6):
Sideband No. 1 2 3 5
Offset Frequency [kHz] 200 400 600 1000
Spurious (no post-filter) 0.065 0.016 0.0073 0.0023
Spurious [dBc] (no post-filter) -24 -36 -43 -52
| A3( f )| [dB] (post-filter) -2 -8 -12 -16
Spurious [dBc] (w/ post-filter) -26 -44 -55 -68
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
90 Reference Frequency Feedthrough
Note: Alternatively, the spurious sidebands can also be calculated by multiplying the Fourier
transform of the error current icp (t ) with the loop filter transfer function. Although this
way is more complicated than analyzing the sawtooth error voltage directly, this method
has advantages with more complex error currents like the ones of fractional-N PLLs (chapter
8):
icp (t ) = I L − I cp · rectt
T w
∞
∑k =−∞
δ (t − kT re f )
−• I cp ( f ) = 2 I CP
T w
T re f
∞
∑k =1
sincπ kT w
T re f ·δ f − k
T re f ≈ 2 I L
∞
∑k =1
δ
f − k
T re f
for f 1
T w
because
sinc
π kT w
T re f
≈ 1 for kT w T re f
The frequency spectrum of the loop filter error voltage V e( f ) is calculated by
V e( f ) = I cp ( f ) · Z LF ( f )
≈ 2 I L
∞
∑k =1δ f −
k
T re f ·1
2π C ∗1 k f re f
⇒ V e
k f re f
=
I L
π C ∗1 k f re f
(6.4.4)
Using (6.3.2) once more to calculate the spurious response, gives the same result as (6.4.3):
sk ≈K vcoV e
k f re f
2k f re f
=K vco I L
2π C ∗1 k 2 f 2re f
6.5 Narrow Pulses on the Tuning Voltage
Often, the disturbances of the VCO control voltage are short pulses v p(t ) (Fig. 6.6) with arepetition rate equal to the reference frequency f re f . Their pulse width T w usually is much
shorter than the pulse period T re f = 1/ f re f .
A very narrow pulse can be approximated by a dirac pulse
v p(t ) ≈ wδ (t ) −• V p( f ) ≈ w (6.5.1)
where
w =
+T re f /2
−T ref /2v p(t )dt ≈ V p( f ) for f 1/T w (6.5.2)
w is the area or weight of the pulse. A dirac pulse with weight w has a flat spectrum with a
spectral amplitude density of w. For real life narrow pulses this is only approximately true as
long as f 1/T w (fig. 6.6).
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
6.5 Narrow Pulses on the Tuning Voltage 91
V (f) = w sinc fT /2
sinc fT
v (t)p
V (f)p
p π w2
wT
Tr
1/Tw w2/T
w=mTw
w=mTw
w=m(T + T )w r
pV (f) = w
pV (f) = w sinc fTπ w
1/Tw w2/T 1/Tr
w2/T
π r
mf
w
(w)
2m
f
f
w
w
mf
w
w=(w)
t
t
t
t
Figure 6.6: Spectra of Single Short Pulses v p(t )
Periodic short pulses are expressed mathematically by folding a single pulse v p(t ) with a peri-
odic dirac function ↑↑↑(t /T re f ). In the frequency domain, this corresponds to multiplying the
Fourier transformed pulse V p( f ) with the periodic dirac frequency function f re f ↑↑↑( f / f re f )(6.5.3), i.e. the spectrum of the single pulse V p( f ) (dashed line in figure 6.7) is the envelope
of the periodic dirac frequency function:
v (t)e
reff
V (f)e
ref(w/T )
ref(w/T )
ref(w/T )1/T
w 2/Tw w3/T
2/TwwT
wT
refT
f
f
f
2m
m
(w)(w)
t
t
t
Figure 6.7: Spectra of Periodic Short Pulses ve(t )
ve(t ) = v p(t ) ∞
∑n=−∞
δ (t − nT re f ) −• V p( f )
T re f
∞
∑n=−∞
δ
f − n
T re f
(6.5.3)
(for the definition of the periodic dirac function see (A.4.5) and (A.4.6)). If the pulses are
very narrow, they can be approximated by periodic dirac pulses with a constant weight w:
ve(t ) ≈ w∞∑
n=−∞δ (t − nT re f ) −• w
T re f
∞∑
n=−∞δ
f − n
T re f
(6.5.4)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
92 Reference Frequency Feedthrough
Such a pulse train has spectral lines at multiples of f re f with constant fourier coefficients of
ck
= 2w/T re f
. Using (6.3.1), the resulting VCO output signal becomes:
svco(t ) ≈ A
cosω 0t ±
∞
∑k =1
K vcow
k cos
ω 0 ± k ω re f
t
(6.5.5)
This leads to a really simple formula for the magnitude of sidebands produced by short pulses:
Spurious Sidebands Caused by Short Disturbances
sk ≈ wK vco
k ; k = 1, 2, . . . (6.5.6)
i.e. the spurious levels created by short pulses5 on the VCO control voltage are independent of the actual pulse shape and the reference frequency, they are only determined by the pulse
weight w and the VCO tuning sensitivity K vco.
The following examples illustrate this result:
A rectangular pulse train with an amplitude m, a pulse width T w and a repetition period of
T re f has a duty cycle α = T w/T re f and pulse weights of w = mT w (see Fig. 6.7). Its fourier
(magnitude) coefficients are:
ck = 2mα · sink πα
k πα = 2mα sinc(k πα ) ; k = 1,2, . . . (6.5.7)
This means, the pulse spectrum has lines at k f re f , modulated by a sinc(x) function with thefirst zero at f re f /α = 1/T w (see Fig. 6.7). For narrow pulses, α 1 and sinc(k πα ) ≈ 1, i.e.
the first few coeffients have a constant magnitude of ck ≈ 2mα = 2w/T re f , the DC content of
the pulse train is mα .
When this pulse train modulates a VCO, spurious sidebands result. Their relative amplitudes
sk are calculated with (6.3.2) and (6.5.7):
sk =mα K vco
k f re f
sinc(k πα ) ≈ mα K vco
k f re f
=wK vco
k for k 1/α (6.5.8)
EXAMPLE 6: Short rectangular pulses
Narrow rectangular pules with a width of T w = 3ns, an amplitude of m = 13mV
and a repition frequency of f re f = 200kHz disturb a VCO with a gain of K VCO =50MHz/V. What is the amplitude of the spurious sidebands?
⇒ α = 3ns · 200kHz = 6 ·10−4, w = mT w = 39pVs
⇒s1 = 2 ·10−3 ≡ -54dBc
s2 = 1 ·10−3 ≡ -60dBc
. . .
The first zero of the sinc(x) function is at 1/T w = 333MHz, which means the ap-
proximation is valid up to at least 1/(10T w) ≈ 30 MHz - far above the reference5“Short” meaning T w T re f /k , where T re f /k is the period of the k-th harmonic of f re f .
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
6.5 Narrow Pulses on the Tuning Voltage 93
frequency.
In praxis, triangular pulses are more common, usually mismatches of up- and down current
source create short current pulses that produce a triangular error voltage when integrated by
the loop filter:
A triangular pulse train with an amplitude m, a pulse width T w and a repetition period of
T re f has a duty cycle α = T w/T re f and pulse weights of w = mT w/2 (see Fig. 6.7). Its fourier
(magnitude) coefficients are:
ck
= mα ·
sink πα /2
k πα /2 2
= mα sinc2(k πα /2) ; k = 1,2, . . . (6.5.9)
The pulse spectrum is similiar to the spectrum of the rectangular pulse train: spectral lines
at k f re f are modulated by a sinc2( x) function with the first zero at 2 f re f /α = 2/T w (see Fig.
6.7). For α 1, the first few coeffients have a constant magnitude of ck ≈ mα (the sinc2( x)function is ≈ 1). The DC content is mα /2. Similiar to (6.5.8), the spurious levels at the VCO
output are:
sk =mα K vco
2k f re f
sinc2(k πα /2) ≈ mα K vco
2k f re f
=wK vco
k for k 1/α (6.5.10)
EXAMPLE 7: Short triangular pulses
T w = 4nS, f re f = 200kHz, K VCO = 40MHz/V, m = 1mV
⇒ α = 4ns · 200kHz = 8 ·10−4, w = mT w/2 = 2pVs
⇒s1 = 8 ·10−5 ≡ -82dBc
s2 = 4 ·10−5 ≡ -88dBc
. . .
The first zero of the sinc2( x) function is at 2/T w = 666MHz.
Both examples demonstrate that it is sufficient to calculate the weight of the disturbance
pulses when the pulses are short enough. This allows to estimate the magnitude of spurious
sidebands at the VCO output without doing a Fourier analysis.
The effect of static mismatch of the charge pump currents is analysed next: In locked
state, the total charge Qup + Qdown that is pumped into an integrating loop filter during one
reference cycle by iup and idown needs to be zero - otherwise the average VCO control voltage
and hence the carrier frequency would drift. Most phase detectors / charge pumps produce
pulses in locked state with a certain minimum length - the so called Anti-Backlash (ABL)-
Length T ABL - to avoid deadzone effects. When one of the currents is lower than the other by
∆ie, the corresponding pulse will be longer by ∆t e to compensate for the current mismatch: If
e.g. the Down-Current is idn = −i1 and the Up-current is iup = i1 −∆ie, the difference of the
pulse durations ∆t e will be:
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
94 Reference Frequency Feedthrough
iup
−idn
te
∆ TABL
cpi (t)
v (t)e
ei (t)
t
t
t
Figure 6.8: Mismatch of Charge Pump Currents
Qup + Qdown = 0
⇒(i1
−∆ie) (T ABL + ∆t e)
−i1T ABL = 0
⇒ ∆ieT ABL = ∆t e(i1 −∆ie)
⇒ ∆t e = T ABL∆ie
i1 −∆ie
≈ T ABL∆ie
i1(6.5.11)
The weight of the error pulses is calculated separately for the two time steps ∆t e and T ABL (fig.
6.8): First, the error current is ie = iup = i1 −∆ie for a period of ∆t e, then ie = iup + idn = −∆ie
for a period of T ABL. The error voltage is equal to the error current integrated in C 1, which is
simply a voltage ramp. The resulting pulse has the shape of a triangle with a steep rise. The
weight, i.e. the area of the pulse, is calculated graphically:
w =∆t e
2
∆ieT ABL
C 1+
T ABL
2
∆ieT ABL
C 1
=T 2 ABL∆ie
2C 1
1 +
∆ie
i1 −∆ie
(6.5.12)
(6.5.12) shows the strong influence of T ABL on the spurious performance.
The spurious level at the output of the VCO is easily calculated from the pulse weight using
(6.5.6), i.e. sk = wK vco/k .
EXAMPLE 8: Spurious sidebands due to charge-pump mismatch
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
6.6 The Magical Mystery Spur: Dividing Spurious Sidebands 95
t ABL = 4nS, i1 = 4mA, ∆ie = 0.5mA, C 1 = 1nF, K VCO = 40MHz/V
⇒∆t
e= 0.57ns, w = 4.6pVs
⇒s1 = 1.8 ·10−4 ≡ -75dBc
s2 = 9.1 ·10−5 ≡ -81dBc
. . .
6.6 The Magical Mystery Spur: Dividing Spurious Side-
bands
One of the mysteries in the design of frequency synthesizers is the relationship between spu-
rious sidebands and frequency dividers: Measurements show that a frequency divider by N
divides the carrier frequency by N (obviously ...), reduces the level of spurious sidebands by
20 log N dB (less obvious) and leaves their distance from the carrier unchanged (magic!).
Why is that so? Some books try to explain these effects in the frequency domain, but this
approach is somewhat dubious because frequency division is non-time invariant and highly
nonlinear. A frequency divider always includes clipping / limiting (digital circuits!), there-
fore, we only need to deal with phase / frequency modulation. If the input signal to the divider
is amplitude modulated, this modulation is converted to phase modulation in the first limiting
stage.
fc
1/f m2 1/f m1
S (f)FM
m1+f+fm2
+fm2m1+f
0f + f∆
0 1f + f∆
0f + f∆3
0f + f∆2
f0
f0
f0
f (t)FM
1/f m1+2f m1m1+f
ft
t fa)
b)
Figure 6.9: Instant Frequency and Spectra of Divided, FM Modulated Signals
It is important to distinguish the different terms used in frequency modulation:
• Carrier Frequency: the average frequency f 0 of zero transitions of s(t )
• Modulation Frequency: the frequency f m of the modulating signal which creates the
spurious sidebands. As shown in the sections above, modulating a carrier with fre-
quency f 0 with a weak sinusoidal signal with frequency f m creates spurious sidebands
at f 0 ± f m.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
96 Reference Frequency Feedthrough
• Frequency Deviation: the instantaneous frequency deviation ∆ f of the carrier created
by the modulation signal.
• Modulation Index: the quotient of modulation frequency and frequency deviation
µ = ∆ f / f m. The modulation index is influenced by the amplitude m of the modulation
signal or the sensitivity of the modulator (usually the VCO). However, it does not
depend on the modulation frequency: increasing f m raises ∆ f by the same amount.
• Deviation Ratio: the modulation index for the highest modulation frequency
• Bandwidth: nearly all of the power of a frequency modulated signal lies in a band-
width of f 0, B. As an empirical rule of the thumb (Carson’s Rule), the bandwidth is
f 0, B ≈ 2(δ f + f m) = (µ + 1) f m.
EXAMPLE 9: Applications for Frequency Modulation
FM-Radio (UKW) uses pre-emphasis to improve the signal-to-noise ratio by
boosting high frequencies before modulation6. This is done with a simple RC-
highpass (τ = 70µ s, f B = 2.3kHz):
f 0 = 100 MHz, f m = 20 . . .15, 000 Hz, at 20kHz the modulation index is lim-
ited to a maximum of 5 to restrain the bandwidth: µ max = 5(15kHz) ⇒ f 0, B ≈2(5+ 1) ·15kHz = 180kHz. Channel spacing in UKW - Radio is 200 kHz which
explains the choice of µ max.
GSM Mobile Phones:
6Remember: FM attenuates high frequencies
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 7
Other Sources of Spurious
Sidebands
Inside every large problem is a small
problem struggling to get out.
Hoare’s Law of Large Problems
Overview: This chapter shows different causes for the generation of spuri- ous sidebands and their effects. Knowing the mechanism of sideband gener-
ation helps to identify their sources.
Often the PLL designer is confronted with the problem of nasty spurious sidebands without
knowing their source(s). The way amplitude and frequency of these sidebands change with
the PLL frequency can help to track down their cause and eliminate them. In the following
chapter, some possible causes for spurious sideband generation and their characteristics are
shown. A first rough separation can be made by the way the spurs move in the spectrum when
the PLL frequency is changed. The names α -, β - and γ -spurs have been coined for three very
distinctive kinds of sidebands, allowing a quick classification:
Classification of spurious sidebands
• α -Spur: A sideband whose offset depends on the output frequency f out . It has one
fixed component at n f sys (fig. 7.1).
• β -Spur: A sideband whose offset depends on the VCO frequency f VCO . There is no
fixed component at the divided output (fig. 7.4).
• γ -Spur: A sideband with a constant offset from the carrier, it moves with the carrier
and has no fixed component (fig. 7.6).
Some general points:
97
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
98 Other Sources of Spurious Sidebands
• In systems where the VCO-Frequency is also the output frequency, α - and β - spurs
are identical.
• Most sidebands come in symmetric pairs around the carrier: FM / PM modulation is
symmetric around the carrier anyway1, additive disturbances (AM) are converted to
PM / FM in every limiting or otherwise non-linear stage.
• Strong (> −30 dBc) spurious sidebands also create higher order sidebands with lower
amplitudes at k times the offset due to non-linearities of PM / FM.
• The source of disturbances can be tracked by varying supply voltages, reference cur-
rents etc. If e.g. the CP is the source, sideband amplitudes rise with CP current, if some
logic block creates the noise, increasing its supply voltage will do the same.
7.1 Spurious Sidebands Depending on the Output Frequency(α -Spurs)
When the RF output frequency f out interferes with the reference frequency or the system
frequency or their harmonics, a characteristic sort of spurious sidebands is generated, defined
as α - spurs (fig. 7.1).
fout2 ∆
fout
∆fs
∆fs
f∆ out
∆ s outf = f − n f sys
910.2 MHz910
3 5 * 2 6 M H z
( f i x e d )
Figure 7.1: Characteristic behaviour of alpha spurs
Spurious sidebands due to RF output interfering with the system frequency
f s,in j = f out ± ( f out − n f sys) ; n such that f out − n f sys
< f sys/2 (7.1.1)
= n f sys and 2 f out − n f sys
Due to the formation mechanism, the fixed spur is unmodulated while the mirror spur has
twice the bandwidth of the output signal f out .
7.1.1 RF Leakage Into the System Frequency Path
In the last chapter, examples have been shown for LF signals disturbing the loop filter volt-
age and thus creating spurious sidebands. Suprisingly, also frequencies far above the loop
bandwidth and the system frequency can disturb the PLL output. The mechanism here is
downsampling, the interfering signal mixes with multiples of the system frequency and folds
signal components down into the “baseband” (0 ≤ f < f sys/2). In general, VCO and output
frequency will be no integer multiples of the system frequency because they are derived from
a fraction of the system frequency (due to reference divider, fractional-N principle or FM
modulation in the mixer stage). The latter two can be especially troublesome, because the
output frequency can be so close to a system frequency harmonic that the resulting mixing1Except for complex modulation schemes.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
7.1 Spurious Sidebands Depending on the Output Frequency (α -Spurs) 99
product falls within the loop bandwidth. And both VCO and RF output driver produce strong
signals that can be “heard” all over the chip (fig. 7.2).
fvco
fout
fref
fref
fsys
1
N
F(s)1
D+
PD
CP
1
Rfsys
ref vcof = f / N
f outα( −spur)
f VCOβ( −spur)
Filter
N−Divider
Phase Detector /Charge Pump
DividerReference
Loop
DividerVCOLO−
Figure 7.2: Downsampling of RF components into the system frequency path
The mechanism is described in detail in the appendix (C.1). In a nutshell, the spectrum of the
“intruding” signal S RF ( f ) is mixed down with a suitable harmonic of the system frequency
n f sys. n must be chosen such that the resulting frequency difference | f RF − n f sys| < f sys/2.
The most likely place for this to happen is the system frequency path. Here, the edges are
sharp enough and the frequency is high enough to produce harmonics that reach well intothe RF region. There are two sensitive spots along this path where analog and digital worlds
meet: the input of the system frequency amplifier where an external sinusoidal signal is con-
verted into the fast-switching system clock. The other one is the charge pump where a DC
reference current is scaled up and chopped with the system/reference frequency. If an RF
signal couples onto the sinusoidal input signal, the charge pump reference current or on the
supplies of these blocks, it can be easily converted down to the baseband - see example 10.
The resulting spectrum shows one spur at n f sys and one mirrored around the carrier with an
identical offset. Shifting the carrier therefore results in one stationary spur and one moving
with twice the frequency shift of the carrier (fig. 7.1).
Additionally, there may also be spurs at multiples of the offset due to the non-linearities of frequency modulation.
The sharper the edges in the system frequency path are, the higher will be the amplitude of
the harmonics. This means, very high frequency components can be downsampled into the
base band. On the other hand, the circuit becomes much more robust against low frequency
injection and inherent noise because the region of high gain / high sensitivity is passed in a
very short time. This effect is usually dominant, therefore the system / reference path is con-
structed with high speed gates. However, the system can be made robust against RF injection
by low-pass filtering the sinusoidal system signal and the bias lines.
Once the high frequency signal has been folded into the baseband, it behaves like the low
frequency injection described in section 7.3.4. If e.g. a 962.2 MHz signal leaks into the sys-
tem path with a frequency of 26 MHz, it will mix with the 37th harmonic of the 26 MHz
signal (962 MHz), producing a component at 200 kHz. This low frequency component will
modulate the system frequency and the PLL output signal like described above.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
100 Other Sources of Spurious Sidebands
∆f = 200kHzs
Ssample
5226 78 MHz
Sout∆f
s
910.2 MHz910
( 3 5 * 2 6 M H z )
SVCO
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
(w/ spurs)
3640.8 MHz
Sout
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
910.2 MHz910
(w/ spurs)
35*26MHz
(fixed)
:4
SPD
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
0.40.2 26 MHz
f
SLF
∆fs
0.40.2 26 MHz
f
Loop FilterCharacteristic
sample
(undisturbed)
Figure 7.3: Downsampling of TX output (910.2 MHz) by the system frequency (26MHz)
EXAMPLE 10: Spurs caused by downsampling
An RF signal of 910.01 MHz couples onto the biasing path of a charge pump,creating an RF current with an amplitude of 1µ A at the charge pump output. The
DC current of the charge pump is 1 mA, it switches with a reference frequency of
26 MHz and a duty cycle of 0.3. The 35th harmonic of the reference frequency
is at 910 MHz, mixing the RF signal down to 10 kHz. There is usually no loop
filter attenuation at that frequency and the signal will directly modulate the VCO.
At the RF output, this gives two spurs, one at 910.0 MHz and one at 910.02 MHz
with amplitudes of ck = 1µ A ·α sinc(35πα ) = 0.03µ A. Assuming a load resis-
tor of 1k Ω and a VCO steepness of 60 MHz/V, it will create sidebands with an
amplitude of
sk = 0.03µ A ·1k Ω · K VCO /(2 ·10kHz) = 0.09 = −21 dBc (!!)
α -spurs: leakage of RF output signal into system / reference path
Mechanism: The RF output frequency is downsampled by the system / refer-
ence frequency.
Frequency Offset: Equal to the difference of RF frequency and nearest harmβ -spurs: system / reference frequency harmonicsonic of reference
/ system frequency
Amplitude: Attenuated with loop filter characteristic
PLL Mode: Fractional and integer mode.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
7.2 Spurious Sidebands Depending on the VCO Frequency (β -Spurs) 101
Note: When the carrier is modulated, s(t ) = Acos(ω 0t +ω mod (t )t ), the down-converted sig-
nal has the same modulation: s LF
(t ) = Acos(∆ω
s(t ) +ω
mod (t )t ). When this signal is multi-
plied with the modulated carrier in the PLL, you will get one unmodulated sideband and one
sideband with twice the modulation depth:
sout (t ) = Acos(ω 0t +ω mod (t )t ) modulated carrier
·
1 + A cos(∆ω st +ω mod (t )t )
s LF : downconverted signal
= Acos(ω 0t +ω mod (t )t )
+ AA
2
cos(ω 0t −∆ω st )
unmodulated sideband
+cos(ω 0t + ∆ω st + 2ω mod (t )t )
modulated sideband (2x)
(7.1.2)
Leakage of System Frequency Into the RF path
α -Spurs can also be generated the other way round: the system frequency or its harmonics
may leak into the RF path (e.g. modulating the TX buffer or the modulator). The resulting
sideband picture is the same (?):
7.2 Spurious Sidebands Depending on the VCO Frequency
(β -Spurs)
When the VCO frequency f VCO interferes with the reference / system frequency or their
harmonics, a characteristic sort of spurious sidebands is generated, coined β - spurs (fig.
7.4).
fout
fVCO
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
fout∆
fout5∆fout−3∆
:4
∆ s VCOf = f − n fsys
fout4∆
fout8∆
909.85 910.05 MHz3640 3640.2 MHz
( f i x e d )
1 4 0 * 2 6 M H z
Figure 7.4: Characteristic behaviour of beta spurs for D = 4
Frequency of β -Spurs
f s,in j, LO =f VCO
D± ( f VCO − n f sys) ; n such that
f VCO − n f sys
< f sys/2
=D + 1
Df VCO − n f sys and n f sys − D −1
Df VCO (7.2.1)
7.2.1 VCO / LO Leakage Into the System / Reference Frequency Path
Similiar to the mechanism described in the last section, the VCO / LO signal instead of the
divided signal f out can leak into the system / reference frequency path (fig. 7.2). The resulting
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
102 Other Sources of Spurious Sidebands
spuriuos spectrum looks more complicated (7.2). For e.g. D = 4, one spur moves with 5 times
the frequency shift ∆ f out
= f VCO
/ D of the output frequency, the other one with three times
∆ f out in the opposite direction (fig. 7.4). These spurs enter the PLL via the reference path,
their amplitude is attenuated by the loop filter.
7.2.2 System Frequency Harmonics’ Spurious
As the system / reference frequency directly influences in-band phase noise performance, it
is driven with a very high slew rate to avoid phase noise degradation. This means, the on-chip
signal contains a lot of harmonics that can interact with RF signals on chip.
A harmonic near the VCO frequency (the carrier) is amplified by the VCO resonant char-
acteristic by 6 dB/oct (20 dB/dec) when it gets close to the carrier. In a PLL, the loop will
attenuate frequencies near the carrier with 20 dB/dec for a type I PLL (non-integrating loop
filter) and with 40 dB/dec for a type II PLL (integrating loop filter). As these two effects
work against each other, signals close to the VCO frequency will have a constant gain within
the loop bandwidth for a non-integrating loop filter. With an integrating loop filter, these
signals will be attenuated with 6 dB/oct the closer they get to the carrier. The VCO itself and
the VCO buffer act as limiters which convert the additive disturbances into PM modulation at
both sides of the carrier. Therefore, such an additive signal always creates its “mirror partner”
at the other side of the carrier.
f VCO
f = f / NVCOref
fref
fref
f sysf sys
1
N
+PD
CP
1
RF(s)
.n fsys
1
D
fout
Filter
N−Divider
Phase Detector /Charge Pump
DividerReference
Loop
VCOLO−DividerLO−Buffer
Figure 7.5: Spurious generation due to system frequency harmonics
This effect is only noticable when the disturbing signal (or one of its harmonics) is very close
to the oscillating frequency. Harmonic components of the system frequency near the VCO
oscillation frequency are a common example for this case of disturbance.
(7.2) shows that at the VCO frequency there is one spur with a fixed frequency of n f sys.
However, after the division by D, only the offset to the carrier remains unchanged, not the
frequency itself. Therefore, both spurs move around in the spectrum (fig. 7.4).
EXAMPLE 11: Spurious caused by harmonics of the system frequency
The 37th harmonic of the 26 MHz reference frequency is at 962.0 MHz. A VCO
oscillating at 962.2 MHz can amplify this harmonic and produce a spurious side-
band at 962.0 MHz. The mirror spurious is created with the same amplitude and
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
7.2 Spurious Sidebands Depending on the VCO Frequency (β -Spurs) 103
opposite frequency offset at 962.4 MHz.
If the VCO is followed by a divider stage by 4, the VCO needs to be tuned
to 4 · 962.2 MHz = 3848.8 MHz to produce the target frequency. The nearest
harmonic of the system frequency is 148 · 26 MHz = 3848.0 MHz. When this
harmonic is amplified by the VCO, sidebands will be produced at an offset of
±800 kHz, i.e. at 3848.0 MHz and at 3849.6 MHz. The division by 4 leaves
the spurious offset unchanged, so you’ll end up with spurious sidebands at 962.2
MHz ±800 kHz = 959.4 / 963.0 MHz. Due to the division, none of the resulting
sidebands at the output is a harmonic of the system frequency which makes it
difficult to track down the source of the spurs.
Note: This mixing effect also takes place in every other non-linear circuit blocks like the
VCO buffer or divider stages. However, as these blocks have no resonant gain, the resulting
modulation will be small under normal circumstances. There will be no frequency depen-
dency of the spurious for disturbed blocks outside the loop.
β -spurs: system / reference frequency harmonics
Mechanism: Harmonics of the reference / system frequency are injected into
the VCO.
Frequency Offset: Equal to the difference of VCO frequency and nearest harmonic
of the disturbing signal.
Amplitude: Within loop BW: Depends on loop filter type, is amplified byVCO resonance (20 dB /dec.) but attenuated by the loop near
the carrier (20 / 40 dB/dec). Outside loop BW: attenuation by 20
dB/dec
PLL Mode: Fractional and integer mode.
7.2.3 Fractional-N Spurs
Due to their operation principle, fractional-N frequencysynthesizer generate lots of frequency
components that are not harmonically related to the reference frequency: A fractional-N PLL
can increase the output frequency in fractional steps of the reference frequency (hence itsname ...). This fractional channel resolution is achieved by averaging the division ratio over
MOD reference cycles. The resulting VCO frequency is ( N + F / MOD) f re f with a minimum
step size of f re f / MOD. Therefore, spurious sidebands may pop up at strange, unexpected
frequencies. Due to the fine frequency granularity, the VCO can be set to oscillate very close
to harmonics of the reference or system frequency, which may lead to the different spurious
sidebands described above.
Although chapter 8 deals with fractional spurs in detail, here’s a quick look at their symptoms
- we will see that they behave very similiar to the other β -spurs described above.
Mechanism: Systematic Fractional Sidebands
The cyclical variation of division ratios creates a cyclical systematic phase error at the phase
detector. This results in several systematic spurs with a minimum spacing of f re f / MOD
(described in detail in chapter 8). More and more of these spurs will disapear in the phase
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
104 Other Sources of Spurious Sidebands
noise floor for synthesizers with a higher modulus because the power per spurious line is
reduced. However, there is a strong periodic component at an offset from the carrier of
± f frac = ±F / MOD · f re f . This effect is especially strong for short modulus sequences and
first order fractional modulators, it can be simulated / calculated in advance. Due to non-
idealities (see below) you will probably see these spurs also with higher order fractional
modulators.
Mechanism: Modulus Control Disturbances
Even with higher order fractional-N modulators, the bit lines from the modulator controlling
the multi-modulus divider have a spectral content like the first order fractional-N modula-
tor. Especially when the modulator is off-chip, the single bit lines can create switching noise
which e.g. interacts with the phase detector. Clocking the modulator and toggling its output
at times when the PD is insensitive can eliminate this problem (staggered timing).
Mechanism: Non-Linearities in Higher Order ModulatorsNon-linearities in the loop can be troublesome with higher order fractional modulators, they
create spurious sidebands with an offset of f frac. This is especially critical with type II PLLs
- here the PD / CP operate with very short pulses and the linearity of charge vs. phase error
is mediocre. In order to improve linearity, often a small offset current is injected into the
loop filter which increases the minimum on-time of the CP (also good for lab testing). Type
I PLLs are much more linear in this respect due to their long turn-on time.
In spite of the different mechanisms, the effect of fractional spurs are all similiar:
β -spurs: fractional-N synthesizer
Frequency Offset: Equal to the fractional part f frac, therefore, one sideband always
falls on the integer frequency (VCO domain), (weaker) side-
bands at other frequency offset can also be created.
Amplitude: Is attenuated by loop filter characteristic / loop gain, therefore it
depends on the frequency offset. For certain fractional values,
the spur is stronger (e.g. min. / max. fractional part, half integer
- see chapter 8).
PLL Mode: Only in fractional mode.
7.3 Spurious Sidebands Tracking the Carrier (γ -Spurs)
Spurious sidebands that keep their offset to the carrier when the carrier frequency is changed,
are called γ - spurs (fig. 7.6).
fout
fVCO
/
∆ sf = fsys
∆ fs∆ fs
∆ f∆ f
∆ f
Figure 7.6: Characteristic behaviour of Gamma-spurs
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
7.3 Spurious Sidebands Tracking the Carrier (γ -Spurs) 105
7.3.1 Reference Frequency Modulating the VCO
fVCO
fout
fref
fref
fsys
f = f / NVCOref
+PD
CP
1
R
F(s)
1
N
1
D
fref
fref
Phase Detector /Charge Pump
FilterLoop
N−Divider
ReferenceDivider
LO−DividerVCO
Figure 7.7: Spurious generation due to reference frequency leakage
Spurs created by reference frequency have been covered in great detail in the last chapter:
the reference frequency f re f is the update frequency of the the phase detector which is gener-
ated by the reference divider. Here, the system frequency f sys is divided by R: f re f = f sys/ R.
Fractional-N synthesizers have a high reference frequency to gain noise performance, they
often use the system frequency as reference frequency: f re f = f sys, R = 1.
The reference frequency is present at the output of R and N divider, at the phase detector and
the charge pump2. This frequency mainly disturbs the VCO via its tuning input or supply
voltage (see fig. 7.7).
Especially the charge pump produces pulses with high energy, emitting disturbances at its
supplies and output. These disturbances may cause ripple on the VCO tuning input (improper
loop filter design, improper current return path for charge pump current, capacitive coupling
across the loop filter) or its supplies (improper supply decoupling). In all these cases, the
reference frequency directly modulates the VCO frequency, generating spurious sidebands at
an fixed offset of ±k f re f from the carrier at the VCO output (see fig. 7.9). The higher spurious
frequencies (k > 1) can be produced by the inherent non-linearity of frequency modulation
or by harmonics of the disturbance itself (or both).
Another possible modulation point is the VCO buffer and distribution (see 7.2.2). In any case,
the sidebands move with the VCO frequency, keeping their offsets (fig. 7.6). This is also true
with an LO-divider D behind the VCO - the frequency offset of the spurious sidebands is still
∆ f s = ±k f re f , however, their amplitude is reduced by 20log D.
Spurious sidebands due to reference frequency leakage
f s,re f =f VCO
D± k f re f ; k = 1,2, . . . (7.3.1)
The amplitude of these sidebands drops with at least 20 dB/dec (6 dB/oct) modulation fre-
quency due to the integrating behaviour of the VCO. For example, the 3rd harmonic of a
VCO disturbance is attenuated by 3 · 6 = 18dB more than the fundamental. The reference
frequency is always above the loop bandwidth, but it depends on the coupling path whether
the loop characteristic has an influence on these spurious.2Exception: An EXOR phase detector produces twice the reference frequency at its output (see section 3.2.2).
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
106 Other Sources of Spurious Sidebands
7.3.2 System Frequency Modulating the VCO
fVCO
f = f / NVCOref
fref
fref
1
N
F(s)+PD
CP
1
R1
D
fout
fsys fsys
Filter
N−Divider
Phase Detector /Charge Pump
DividerReference
Loop VCO
LO−Buffer
LO−Divider
Figure 7.8: Spurious generation due to system frequency leakage
Disturbances related to the system frequency f sys behave in a similiar way as f re f distur-
bances: The system frequency is applied to the chip via an external crystal or a crystal oscil-
lator module and converted to a logic signal on chip. This system frequency can leak into the
output path by directly modulating the VCO via its tuning input or supplies (improper shield-
ing or supply decoupling) - see fig. 7.8. Exactly as in the f re f case, the VCO is frequency
modulated by a (comparatively) low frequency signal, producing sidebands with an offset of ±k f sys around the carrier (fig. 7.9):
Spurious sidebands due to system frequency leakage
f s,sys =f VCO
D± k f sys; k = 1,2, . . . (7.3.2)
SVCO
3984 MHz
(clean)
Sdist
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
5226 78 MHz
f
x
SVCO
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
3984 MHz
(w/ spurs)
Sout
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
∆fs
1992 MHz
:2
∆f = 26MHzs
Figure 7.9: Reference / system frequency modulating the VCO
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
7.3 Spurious Sidebands Tracking the Carrier (γ -Spurs) 107
γ -spurs: VCO modulation by system / reference frequency
Mechanism: Direct frequency modulation of VCO frequency via tuning input
or supplies.
Frequency Offset: Independent of carrier frequency, alway with an offset of ±k f re f
resp. ±k f sys.
Amplitude: Independent of carrier frequency, amplitude is attenuated with
1/ f mod due to integrating VCO behaviour.
PLL Mode: Both fractional and integer mode.
7.3.3 Reference / System Frequency Modulating the LO Distribution
Other possible modulation points for f re f or f sys are the VCO buffer and distribution, also
called LO (Local Oscillator) buffering and the LO divider (fig. 7.10): especially when the
buffering / divider are realized with single ended circuits to save power, f re f or f sys may cause
phase modulation of the (divided) LO signal. The difference to frequency modulation at the
VCO itself is that this modulation takes place outside the loop - the spurious amplitude is not
attenuated with increasing modulation frequency, which means you may also see spurious
component far away from the carrier. Reference and system frequency and their harmonics
can create a “picket fence” of spurs when the decoupling is not done properly. It is hard to
distuingish whether the LO buffering or LO divider is affected: in both cases (7.3.1) resp.
(7.3.2) describe the spur behaviour.
fout
fref
fref
fsys
f = f / NVCOref
+PD
CP
1
R
F(s)
1
N
1
D
fVCO
fref
fref , fsys
fref
Phase Detector /Charge Pump
FilterLoop
VCO
N−Divider
ReferenceDivider
LO−Divider
Figure 7.10: Spurious generation due to modulation of LO buffer and divider
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
108 Other Sources of Spurious Sidebands
γ -spurs: PM modulation of LO buffer or divider
Mechanism: Phase modulation of LO buffers via supplies or parasitic cou-
pling.
Frequency Offset: Independent of carrier frequency, always with an offset of
±k f re f resp. ±k f sys.
Amplitude: Independent of carrier and modulation frequency. Other influ-
ences depend on source of disturbance - if the CP is the source,
spurious amplitudes rise with CP current, if some logic block
creates the noise, increasing its supply voltage will do the same.
PLL Mode: Both fractional and integer mode.
7.3.4 LF Injection into the System Frequency Path
The system frequency path is also a hot spot for disturbances to enter the system: phase
modulation of the system frequency with low frequencies (i.e. not much higher than the
loop bandwidth) directly modulates the PLL output! Again, improper supply decoupling or
capacitive coupling onto the signal path are the most likely causes for this. Divider stages at
the output of the reference or N-divider can also be dangerous: divider stages often have a
significant backlash from the output to the input, creating a phase modulation with half the
reference frequency. In contrast to that, the reference frequency itself in an Integer-N PLL
has no impact on the system frequency path: If it modulates the input of the system frequencyamplifier, spurious on the system frequency will be created at f sys ± f re f . Behind the reference
divider, they will still have the same offset, i.e. be at f re f ± f re f = 0 and 2 f re f . The DC
component has no effect, the other one is just a harmonic of the reference frequency and is
far outside the loop bandwidth. A well designed loop filter should get rid of this component
(if not, you’ll see reference spurious anyway: see 7.3.1). Fractional-N synthesizers operate
with frequency components that may be well within the loop bandwidth, that’s why they have
plenty more options for trouble.
fvco
fout
fref
fsys
1
N
F(s) 1D
+PD
CP
1
Rfsys
ref vcof = f / N
2
1
f / 2ref
reff / 2
fref
Filter
N−Divider
LoopCharge PumpVCO LO−Divider
Phase Detector /
ReferenceDivider
Figure 7.11: LF injection into the system frequency path
A disturbance with frequency f dis directly translates into spurious sidebands at the output:
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
7.4 Intermodulation Effects 109
Spurious sidebands due to low frequency injection into the system frequency
f s,in j =f VCO
D± k f dis; k = 1,2, . . . (7.3.3)
Harmonics of the disturbance signal will also appear at the PLL output (k > 1). The same is
true if the disturbance is very strongand non-linearitiesof the PM start showing. Disturbances
within the loop bandwidth are transferred with a flat frequency characteristic, outside they are
attenuated with the loop characteristic.
γ -spurs: PM modulation of reference / system frequency
Mechanism: Phase modulation of reference / system path via supplies or par-
asitic coupling by a LF disturbance.
Frequency Offset: Independent of carrier frequency, alway with an offset of ±k f dis .
Amplitude: Independent of carrier frequency, amplitude is constant as long
as f dis is within the loop bandwidth.
PLL Mode: Fractional mode or other system parts with sub-reference fre-
quencies.
7.4 Intermodulation Effects
A signal processing stage with a non-linear transfer characteristic (i.e. any real circuit :-) )produces intermodulation distortions. This means, when a signal with two or more frequency
components passes through that stage, it will produce harmonics of the input frequencies and
other new frequency components. In the appendix C.4, the output signal has been calculated
for a signal containing two frequencies which is passed through a stage with linear gain and
square and cubic distortion terms.
Even in this simple example, the output signal has a DC offset and contains harmonic com-
ponents (distortion) at 2ω 1 and 2ω 2, 3ω 1 and 3ω 2. It also contains mixed components (inter-
modulation) at ω 1 ±ω 2, 2ω 1 ±ω 2 and ω 1 ±2ω 2. Single ended stages usually show even and
odd order distortions while differential stages have a strong suppression of even order dis-
tortions (a2 in this example). Therefore, differential stages have much less DC offset due to
intermodulation and generate less components at twice the input frequencies (2ω 1 and 2ω 2)
and also less first order intermodulation (ω 1 ±ω 2). In real systems, the cofficients ak may
also be negative.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
110 Other Sources of Spurious Sidebands
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 8
Spurious of Fractional-N PLLs
Better to light a candle than to curse
the darkness.
Chinese Proverb
8.1 Spurious Sidebands of First Order Fractional-N PLLs
The periodic switching of the division ratio is triggered by the phase accumulator , an accu-mulator with modulus F mod that adds up N F every reference cycle. Each time an overflow
occurs, the division ratio is switched from ÷ N to ÷( N + 1) for one reference cycle.
Ref. Cycle #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 . . . Average
Modulus Cycle #1 #2
← T mod → ← T mod → N F = 1: Accu 5 → 0 1 2 3 4 5 → 0 . . .
Div. N + 1 N N N N N + 1 . . . N + 15
∆φ 02π
t =0
55
→ 0 15
25
35
45
55
→ 0 . . . 25
∆φ 02π t =∞
35
→ −25
− 15
0 15
25
35
→ − 25
. . . 0
N F = 3: Accu 5 → 0 3 6 → 1 4 7 → 2 5 → 0 . . .Div. Ratio N + 1 N N + 1 N N + 1 N + 1 . . . N + 3
5∆φ 02π
t =0
55
→ 0 35
65
→ 15
45
75
→ 25
55
→ 0 . . . 25
∆φ 02π
t =∞
35
→ −25
15
45
→ − 15
25
55
→ 0 35
→ − 25
. . . 0
Table 8.1: Operation of Phase Accumulator (F mod = 5)
Let’s assume the PLL is locked at the fractional frequency f 0 = N I .F · f re f . Fig. 4.2 shows
an example for a modulus of F mod = 3, N I = 10 and N F = 1, giving an average division
ratio of N = N I .F = 10 1/3. During the ÷ N parts of the modulus cycle the divided VCO
signal arrives a little too early at the phase detector because the VCO is faster than the virtual
signal f 0,int = N I f re f (there is no such signal in the PLL) by ∆ f frac (see 4.0.2). This constant
frequency offset corresponds to a phase deviation of
111
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
112 Spurious of Fractional-N PLLs
∆φ 0(t ) = 2π ∆ f 0, fract =2π N F
F mod T re f t or ∆φ 0(kT re f ) =
2π kN F
F mod
On average, the deviation of the VCO phase from N I f re f exceeds 2π every F mod / N F cycles.
Table 4.1 shows that the phase accumulator overflows with the same frequency, triggering
a ÷( N + 1) cycle each time. This is equivalent to swallowing one VCO cycle or removing
an excess phase of 2π . This means, the phase accumulator tracks the phase deviation of the
VCO and removes it when it exceeds 2π .
The phase deviation at the VCO apears ÷ N at the phase detector as a phase error ∆φ e(t ) :
∆φ e(t ) =∆φ 0(t )
N =
2π N F
NF mod T re f
t for 0 ≤ t ≤ T mod (8.1.1)
The phase error is only sampled at multiples of T re f :
∆φ e(kT re f ) =2π kN F
NF mod
The phase error at the phase detector corresponds to a timing error of
∆t e(kT re f ) =∆φ e(kT re f )
2π · T re f =
kN F
F mod N · T re f ≈ kN F
F mod
· T 0 (8.1.2)
This periodic timing error at the phase detector produces unwanted error pulses at the charge
pump output.
For simplicity reasons, we regard the case N F = 1, which is not only most easy to calculate but
also gives the worst spurious performance: The phase error at the PD ∆φ e(t ) rises continously
during the÷ N period (the VCO clock is early) and is reduced by 2π / N when one VCO period
is swallowed during the ÷( N + 1) period. This means ∆φ e(t ) has a sawtooth characteristic
with a maximum of 2π / N at t = T mod = F mod T re f (see 8.1.1):
∆φ pd (t ) =2π
N saw
t
T mod
(8.1.3)
where saw(t ) is the periodic sawtooth function with a period and an amplitude of 1. In a
locked loop, the DC component is eliminated, therefore the phase error changes from −π / N
to +π / N rather than from 0 to 2π / N within F mod cycles. The timing error of
∆t pd =∆φ pd (t )
2π · T 0 (8.1.4)
at the phase detector is sampled with the reference clock period T re f , i.e. F mod times per T mod .
Therefore, ∆t PD is stepped through
∆t pd = −1
2T 0,
−1
2+
1
F mod
T 0,
−1
2+
2
F mod
T 0, ... ,
1
2T 0 (8.1.5)
Mathematical Description
When the PLL is locked, sometimes the divided VCO phase will be late and sometimes early
compared to the reference clock. The resulting output of the phase detector ve(t ) will be a
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
8.1 Spurious Sidebands of First Order Fractional-N PLLs 113
pulse train with varying pulse width T w,k , delay ∆T k and amplitude ak (for an up/down PD,
otherwise ak
will be constant). The sequence repeats with a period of T mod
= F mod
T re f
:
ve(t ) =
F mod −1
∑k =0
ak · rect
t −∆T k
T w,k
train of rect pulses
∗
n=∞
∑n=−∞
δ (t − nT mod ) repeat every T mod
(8.1.6)
The Fourier transformation of (8.1.6) is performed using the following transformations:
Rect −Pulse : rect(t /T w) −• T w sinc(π f T w)
Delay : s (t −∆T ) −• S ( f ) · exp(− j2π f ∆T )
Periodicity : s(t ) ∗ n=∞∑n=−∞
δ (t − T mod ) −• S( f ) · 1
T mod
n=∞∑n=−∞
δ ( f − n/T mod )
The result is given in (8.1.7) where the rect pulses in the time domain translate to sinc pulses
in the frequency domain with a complex factor corresponding to their delay. As this train
of rect pulses has a periodicity of T mod , the spectrum consists of lines every 1/T mod . The
amplitude of the spectral lines is given by the superposition of sinc terms which has to be
calculated at f = n/T mod :
V e( f ) =F mod −1
∑k =0
ak T w,k sinc
π f T w,k
·exp(− j2π f ∆T k )
superposition of complex weighted sinc pulses
· 1
T mod
n=∞
∑n=−∞
δ
f − n
T mod
filter at f =n/T mod
=
n=∞
∑n=−∞
F mod −1
∑k =0
ak T w,k
T mod
sinc
π
nT w,k
T mod
· exp
− j2π
n∆T k
T mod
at f = n
T mod
0 else
(8.1.7)
The next step is to calculate the delays ∆T k and pulse widths T w,k and to multiply the spectrum
V e( f ) at the CP / PD with the loop filter response.
The level of the VCO output spurious sidebands can be calculated using equation 6.3.2 with f 1 = f mod :
EXAMPLE 12: Spurious sidebands of first order fractional-N synthesizer
T 0 = 1ns, N = 1000, K vco = 50MHz/V, F mod = 5, I pd = 4mA, C 1 = 1nF, f mod =200kHz
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
114 Spurious of Fractional-N PLLs
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Part III
Phase Noise and Jitter
115
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 9
Phase Noise and Jitter
Time is just an illusion.
Albert Einstein
Overview: This chapter gives an introduction into the concepts of phase
noise and jitter, and how to translate specifications between the two domains.
9.1 Jitter
”Jitter is defined as that short-term noncumulative variations of the signifi-
cant instants of a digital signal from their ideal positions in time” (SONET spec-
ifications ITU-T-G.701).
For most engineers, the concept of jitter is understood more easily than the concept of phase
noise - the first one describes undesired fluctuation of signal transition times, the second one
deviations from the line spectrum of an ideal oscillator in the frequency domain. Both con-
cepts are used to describe regular clock or oscillator signal with only slight non-idealities
Phase noise is prevalent when spectral purity is a concern as in wireless communication sys-
tems, jitter is the concept of choice for applications dealing with timing accuracy as in clock
and data recovery.
Although signal theory gives methods to translate jitter into phase noise and vice versa, this is
not so easy in praxis: It is necessary to know the full spectral characteristic (including phase
information!) resp. autocorrelation data to do so.
9.1.1 Jitter of Driven Systems (PM Jitter)
This sort of jitter can be generated in every digital gate - the delay of a digital stage is deter-
mined by the slew rate of the input signal and by the switching threshold of the digital input.
When the switching threshold varies due to e.g. thermal noise or disturbances of the supply
voltage, the delay is varied slightly, introducing jitter. This kind of jitter can be minimized by
stable supply voltages and fast edges of the digital signals although the latter may cause high
frequency disturbances. It is also called PM (phase modulation) jitter because the frequency
at the output is identical to the input frequency, this kind of jitter is synchronous. Its mean
117
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
118 Phase Noise and Jitter
value is zero and its variance is bounded. In the following, it is assumed that the disturbing
signal has a white spectrum and a Gaussian distribution and that its amplitude is small enough
that the circuit responds in a linear way to the noise. In this case, the phase variation of sn(t )will also be white. In a PLL, all blocks except the reference oscillator and the VCO exhibit
PM Jitter.
9.1.2 Jitter of Autonomous Systems (FM Jitter)
A free running oscillator is an autonomous system, its output period may vary over time, its
jitter is called FM (frequency modulation) jitter. Since the variation of a signal transition
does not depend on the one before the jitter is accumulating which means the phase drifts
without bound. As with PM jitter, it is assumed that the disturbing signal which produces the
jitter has white spectrum, Gaussian distribution and a sufficiently small amplitude to permit
linear calculation. In praxis, these assumptions are not necessarily correct: on top of the
white thermal noise, there is usually flicker noise with a 1/f spectrum and often periodic
components.
9.2 Jitter Measures
As jitter is a random effect, it can only be characterized using statistical terms. All of the
jitter measures below use the standard deviation σ of some term describing the variation of
period length, their dimension is time. Depending on application and metric, sometimes the
1 σ value is specified, sometimes the 3σ and sometimes a min-max value (silently assuming
a certain σ value). Some jitter metrics just specify an integral statistical value while some
allow deeper insights in the jitter characteristics because they depend on the measurement
duration, some of them depend on the measurement duration:
9.2.1 Cycle Jitter (or Cycle-to-Cycle Jitter)
This is the jitter definition that most people mean when talking about jitter as a single number,
it is also called jitter per clock cycle and is independent of the observation time. The cycle
jitter J c measures the variance of the period τ compared to the average period τ :
J 2c = σ 2(τ − τ ) = lim N →∞
1
N
N
∑k =1
(τ k − τ )2
(9.2.1)
Frequency drift is not covered by this metric (because the period average τ varies over time),
it merely describes the magnitude of period fluctuations.
9.2.2 Period Jitter
This jitter measure describes the displacement of one clock edge relative to the preceding
edge. The period jitter J p is defined as the standard deviation of the difference between two
successive transitions, T k = t k +1 − t k . As it is a measure over one cycle, it cannot distinguish
between PM- and FM-Jitter and is independent of the observation time.
J 2 p = σ 2(T k ) = lim N →∞
1
N
N
∑k =1
(t k +1 − t k )2
(9.2.2)
Slow changes like 1/f noise modulation of the period are suppressed by this jitter metric.
Period jitter is an important specification for digital timing, since it gives the minimum /
maximum duration of a clock cycle which is needed e.g. for sythesis constraints.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
9.3 Phase Error 119
9.2.3 Long-Term Jitter
This jitter metric is a generalized version of the period jitter, it measures the standard devia-tion of the timing difference between a signal transition and the n-th succeeding one. When
J l,n is known for all n, the jitter process can be fully characterized.
J 2l,n = σ 2(t k +n − t k ) = lim N →∞
1
N
N
∑k =1
(t k +n − t k )2
(9.2.3)
If (9.2.3) looks familiar - that’s because J 2l,n is a measure for the auto-correlation of the period
duration.
9.2.4 Accumulated Jitter
9.2.5 Absolute Jitter9.2.6 Allen-Variation
Allen-Variation is a usual time-domain measure for oscillatorshort-term stability: It measures
the rms change in successive frequency measurements for short gate times (milliseconds
to seconds) and is important in timing applications. It typically improves as the gate time
increases until it becomes a measurement of the long term drift or aging of the oscillator.
9.3 Phase Error
The jitter metrics described above were absolute measures. Often, one is more interested in
the variation of edge timing, relative to the period. This measure is called phase error φ e, it
also describes a property in the time domain (in contrast to phase noise, see below). Jitter
and phase error are related by:
φ e [rad] = 2π f 0 σ J or φ e [deg] = 360 · f 0 σ J (9.3.1)
where σ J is one of the jitter metrics described above. Peak jitter translates into peak phase
error and RMS jitter into RMS phase error. However, phase error measures rely on a fixed
period 1/T 0, therefore not all jitter measures can be translated into phase errors.
Often, the peak-peak phase error is of interest (e.g. in digital systems where a minimum clock
period must be guaranteed). When the error signal is noise with a gaussian distribution,
σ φ = φ e, RMS
i.e. the standard deviation σ φ of the phase error φ e(t ) is equal to the RMS phase error. Now,
it can be calculated how often a certain peak phase error is exceeded: For example, the phase
error becomes larger than the 3σ value (or 3 times the RMS phase error) in 0.3% of the
transitions (in average). Mathematically put:
p% = 100% ·erfc
φ e, pk √2φ e, RMS
(9.3.2)
= 100% ·erfc
φ pk , pk
2φ e, RMS
(9.3.3)
This means, there is a p% probability that the phase error becomes larger than a certain peak
phase errorφ e, pk . For details about Gaussian distribution and error function seeappendix G.1.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
120 Phase Noise and Jitter
Another measure for the phase error is the Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) used with phase
modulation schemes like QPSK. Here, each transmitted value or symbol is regarded as a
vector (phase / amplitude space). When the phase of the signal is wrong by φ e, there is
an error vector whose magnitude | E | is a measure for signal integrity (assuming there is no
amplitude error):
| E |2 = 2 R2 −2 R2 cosφ e
= 2 R2(1− cosφ e)
≈ 2 R2
1− (1− φ 2e
2)
; cosφ e ≈ 1− φ 2e
2
⇒ | E | ≈ Rφ e [rad] (9.3.4)
where the cosine has been approximated by the first term of a series expansion which is onlyvalid for small phase errors.
The relative EVM is given in percent, i.e. the radius has been set to one:
EVM ≈ 100% ·φ e [rad] (9.3.5)
= 100% · π
180 ·φ e [deg] (9.3.6)
9.4 Phase Noise
As mentioned in the introduction, one of the main concerns in PLL design for wireless ap-plications is the noise performance (jitter performance for applications that are rooted more
in the time domain rather than the frequency domain). PLLs are mainly used to generate the
local oscillator (LO) frequency which is used for downconverting (receive path) the wanted
signal from the RF domain into the baseband. Phase noise reduces the sensitivity of the re-
ceiver because weak signals are “smothered” in the LO noise. Additionaly, strong signals at
nearby frequencies can be mixed into the signal path, reducing the selectivity. In the transmit
path, the LO is used to upconvert the signal from the baseband to the RF domain. Here, LO
noise leads to emission of unwanted frequencies which disturbs neighbor channels and may
violate limits set by e.g. the ETSI or FCC. Besides, a noisy LO increases the bit error rate of
the transmitted data.
An ideal oscillator waveform would be noiseless, for the case of a sinusoidal waveform withamplitude A and frequency f 0 the signal can be described by s(t ) = A cos(2π f 0t +φ ). In the
real world, there is always noise, affecting phase and amplitude of the signal:
s(t ) = An(t )cos(2π f 0t +φ n(t )) (9.4.1)
(9.4.1) shows a signal with random amplitude modulation and phase modulation (phase jit-
ter), An(t ) and φ n(t ). While the Fourier transform of an ideal sinusoid shows two dirac pulses
at ± f 0, the noise creates “skirts” around f 0. The energy of the signal is no longer concen-
trated at a discrete frequency, it is spread over a larger frequency range. The better the quality
of the generated signal is, the narrower this frequency band will be. Initially, the energy of the
noise will be distributed equally between amplitude noise An(t ) and phase noise φ n(t ). How-
ever, every oscillator has an amplitude limiting mechanism (otherwise the amplitude would
grow infinitely), be it by the non-linearity of the oscillating devices or by a dedicated ampli-
tude control mechanism. In PLLs with digital circuitry (frequency synthesis, clock-and-data
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
9.4 Phase Noise 121
recovery, ...) the amplitude is limited anyway. In both cases, the amplitude noise contribution
can be neglected, reducing the noise power by 3 dB1:
s(t ) = Acos(2π f 0t +φ (t )) (9.4.2)
It is assumed that the phase noise φ n(t ) is purely random signal. This is not generally true
- φ n(t ) may have periodic content that shows as discrete lines (spurious sidebands) in the
frequency spectrum, as shown in chapter 6.
[...]
The relative noise power (or noise-to-signal ratio) is equal to the RMS phase error φ e, RMS:
N φ
P= (σ J , RMS ·2π f 0)2 = φ 2e, RMS [rad] (9.4.3)
Using the Wiener-Khinchine Theorem, the relative power of the phase noise can also be
calculated in the frequency domain:
N φ
P= 2
∞
f min
L( f ) df (9.4.4)
where L( f ) is the relative phase noise density in W/Hz at an offset f from the carrier. L( f ) is
symmetric around the carrier, but only one side is regarded in (9.4.4). Hence, the factor 2 is
needed to get the total phase noise power.
Therefore, when the total phase noise power is known, it’s easy to calculate the RMS phase
error:
φ e, RMS =
2 ∞
0 L( f ) df (9.4.5)
When using PLLs, nearly all the produced noise power is contained in the passband. There-
fore, the integration is usually simplified by taking the loop bandwidth as the upper integra-
tion limit. Near zero frequency offset from the carrier the noise power becomes very large.
However, the minimum frequency of interest depends on the needed time frame: If e.g. the
analysis runs over a period of 1ms, the minimum frequency of interest is 1kHz. Lower fre-
quencies do not have an influence on the measurement.
1This is not true for frequencies far from the carrier.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
122 Phase Noise and Jitter
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 10
Noise In The PLL
There is no carrier, there is only
concentrated noise.
B.-G. Goldberg
In the chapters 6.3 and in the Appendix A it was shown that periodic disturbances on the VCO
control voltage are converted up around the carrier frequency f 0, creating discrete spurious
sidebands.
Noise on the control voltage, vn
(t ), has a similiar effect1 The resulting output spectrum of the
VCO now contains the noise spectrum V n( f ), folded around the carrier, instead of discrete
spurious sidebands. Usually, vn(t ) has a sufficiently low amplitude to use the low-modulation
index approximation. The spectrum of the VCO output voltage with broadband noise on the
control voltage looks very similiar to (6.3.2) (see D.4):
VCO Spectrum with Noise on the Control Voltage
Svco( f ) ≈ A
δ ( f − f 0) +
K vco
2
V n(| f − f 0|)| f − f 0|
(10.0.1)
i.e. V n( f ) is upconverted around the carrier and multiplied by 1/| f − f 0| (-20dB/dec) due
to the integrating behaviour of the VCO (fig. 10.1). If the bandwidth of vn(t ) is larger than
BW = f 0/2 there will be additional folding back of noise components with harmonics of the
carrier (not shown).
10.1 Noise Transfer Properties of the PLL
The various noise sources inside and outside a PLL are transferred differently to the PLL
output. The noise transfer function from all noise sources to the output can be calculated
using the model in fig. 10.2 [Roh97, p.114]:
1This can be shown by splitting broadband noise into many narrowband noise signals that can be treated like a
sinusoid.
123
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
124 Noise In The PLL
V (f) n
f n f
0 f +f 0 n
f 0 n −f
log |S (f)| vco
−20dB/dec
f 0
f +f 0 n
f 0 n −f
|S (f)| vco
1/f
Figure 10.1: Upconversion of Noise Around the Carrier f 0
ω 0 , φ0
∆φn,0
φ0 N
φ +∆φ00
N
1
+
CP
PDF(s)
vn,LFn,det
i
vn,det
φ ref
∆φn,ref
∆φn,div
Loop Filter
Divider
VCO
Phase Detector /
Charge Pump
Figure 10.2: PLL Block Diagram Showing Various Noise Sources
Phase Noise Components in a PLL
∆φ 2O(s) = C 2(s)
∆φ 2re f + ∆φ 2div +
v2n,det
K 2φ
+ 1
1 + GH (s)2
K VCO
s 2
v2n, LF + ∆φ 2vco(s) (10.1.1)
The resulting phase noise ∆φ 2O(ω ) is double side band noise, single sideband noise L (ω ) is
simply half of ∆φ 2O(ω ).
(10.1.1) has two terms with different behavior: phase noise from the reference clock, ∆φ re f ,
from the divider output, ∆φ div and from the output of the phase detector / charge pump vn,det
is low-pass filtered with the closed loop transfer function |T ( jω )| (fig. 10.3). These three
noise components are often (but not quite correctly) called PLL noise, N PLL. Closed loop
gain was defined (2.1.16) as:
T (s) =φ Oφ re f
=G(s)
1 + GH (s)=
KF (s)s + KF (s)/ N
≈ N for ω ω c
G( jω ) ∝ (ω c/ jω ) p− zfor ω ω c
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
10.1 Noise Transfer Properties of the PLL 125
This means, inside the loop bandwidth the noise is multiplied by N , outside it is attenuated
∝ 1/ f p
− z where p is the order of the PLL and z is the number of zeros of the loop filter
transfer function.
| T(j ) |
∼ ωz−p
ωc
log ω
N
−3dB
ω
Figure 10.3: Noise Transfer Function for Reference Clock, Divider and PD / CP
In contrast to that, phase noise from the VCO, ∆φ vco is high-pass filtered - inside the loop
bandwidth it is attenuated by the open loop gain 1/GH (s) (2.1.15), i.e. low frequencies are
attenuated most. Outside the loop bandwidth, the VCO noise is no longer controlled by the
loop, its transfer function is simply one (fig. 10.4):
1
1 + GH (s)=
1
1 + KF (s)/ Ns≈ 1/GH ( jω ) =
N jω
KF ( jω )for ω ω c
1 for ω ω c
Inside the loop bandwidth, the higher order poles of the loop filter have no effect - they kick
in at frequencies near and above f c. This means for an integrating loop filter that only the
pole at the origin (integrator) (and the VCO pole itself, of course) affect the transfer function.The VCO noise transfer function grows with ω 2 (40 dB/dec) for this kind of loop filter (solid
line in 10.4). A non-integrating loop filter has a more or less constant transfer function inside
the loop bandwidth and VCO noise is transferred to the output proportional to ω (20 dB/dec,
dashed line in 10.4).
Noise from the loop filter, vn, LF , (e.g. from the loop filter resistors) can be treated like phase
noise from the output of the VCO, additionally it has to be multiplied with the VCO transfer
function K VCO /s.
log 1/ | 1+GH(j ) |
ωc
ω
∼ ω2∼ ω
ω
1
(Typ 2)(Typ 1)
Figure 10.4: Noise Transfer Function for VCO
Next, the contributions of different noise sources will be analysed in more detail:
10.1.1 The Famous PLL Noise Formula
Often, one is only interested in the integral effect of PLL noise. Phase error in a GSM trans-
ceiver or the RMS jitter for communication systems are examples for this. Figure xxx shows
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
126 Noise In The PLL
clearly that nearly all noise power is contained in the passband of the PLL (this becomes
even more obvious when using a linear instead of the logarithmic dB scale). Here, the noise
is usually dominated by reference clock, divider and CP/PD, scaled with the division factor
N , see (2.1.16) and figure 10.3.
This allows to simplify the general formula (10.1.1)
∆φ 2O(ω ) ≈ N 2
∆φ 2re f + ∆φ 2div +
v2n,det
K 2φ := N 0,PD
for ω < ω c
Often, things can be simplified even more - in a well designed system the noise performance
of the reference path is superior to the actual PLL block, therefore its noise contribution can
be neglected. And as the customer doesn’t care whether the noise is being produced by the
phase detector or the divider, these two terms can be combined into noise referred back to the
input of the phase detector, N 0,PD.
In order to compare the noise performance of different PLLs, it would be great to specify
a single figure for the inband phase noise. However, the phase noise at the output not only
depends on the division ratio N but also on the reference frequency f re f . A handwaving
explanation for this goes like that: in locked state, the input signals of the phase detector both
operate on the reference frequency. The amount of jitter on each edge does not depend on the
frequency, it is determined by temperature, supply voltage, slew rate and some other design
and system parameters. However, the number of jittery edges per second and hence the noise
power is proportional to the referency frequency: N 0,PD ∝ f re f . The leads to the famous PLL
inband noise formula:
Famous PLL Inband Noise Formula
L 0 = L PD
f re f =1 Hz + 20log N + 10log f re f
1 Hz(10.1.2)
When e.g. the reference frequency is doubled, the divider ratio N can be halfed to achieve the
same output frequency. This increases the noise due to the phase detector by 10log2 = 3dB,
but reduces the noise gain of the PLL by 20log2 = 6dB, giving a performance improvement
of 3 dB.
Typical values for the phase noise floor at the phase divider areL
PD f re f =1 Hz = −200 . . . −220dBc(Hz). See example 13on how to use this formula in praxis.
EXAMPLE 13: Comparison of Inband Phase Noise of different PLLs
The inband phase noise floor L 0 of three different PLLs is measured:
f 0 f re f N L 0 L PD
f re f =1 Hz L 0(1.8GHz)
PLL A 1.4 GHz 200 kHz 7000 -81 dBc -211 dBc -78.9 dBc
PLL B 3.8 GHz 400 kHz 9500 -75 dBc -210.5 dBc -81.4 dBc
PLL C 0.9 GHz 26 MHz 34.62 -93 dBc -198 dBc -87 dBc
In the table above, (10.1.2) has been used first to calculate the phase noise at
the phase detector for a reference frequency of 1 Hz, L PD
f re f =1 Hz . From this
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
10.2 Noise Contributors in the PLL 127
value, the phase noise at an output frequency of 1800 MHz has been calculated.
PLL C has a non-integrating loop filter with relatively long turn-on times of the
CP. This leads to a higher noise floor L PD, referenced back to the PD. Still, the
inband phase noise L 0 is very low due to the low division ratio N .
10.2 Noise Contributors in the PLL
10.2.1 Divider Noise
For most applications, the noise produced by divider stages does not dominate the total phase
noise in a PLL. Well designed TTL and CMOS dividers show a noise floor around -160 .. . -
170 dBc/Hz. Due to their lower slew rates, dividers using current mode techniques (ECL,CML) only reach -155 . . . -150 dBc/Hz. The noise level goes up at frequencies near the car-
rier due to flicker noise and modulation effects, but otherwise it is white.
The most important property of dividers with relation to noise and spurious sidebands is that
dividing the frequency by a factor N also reduces phase noise and spurious sidebands by the
same amount (20 log N in dB’s). This noise reduction is independent from the physical im-
plementation, i.e. it doesn’t matter whether the frequency is divided using a digital divider or
an analog mixer. It also works the other way round - when the signal frequency is multiplied
using e.g. a PLL, the noise and spurious levels are increased with the multiplication factor.
As multiplication and division are non-linear operations, the effect is best explained in the
time domain: the absolute jitter of a signal is not reduced by a division by N , however, the
period length is increased by the same factor.However, the spacing of spurious sidebands from the carrier is not reduced by frequency di-
vision as might be expected: If e.g. a 3.9 GHz signal with spurious sidebands at ±200kHzis
divided by 2, the divided carrier has a frequency of 1.8 GHz (as expected) but the the side-
bands are still spaced by 200kHz. A handwaving explanation for this is: looking at the time
domain once more, we see that the position of the edges of the carrier signal are modulated in
time (jitter and sidebands). Removing e.g. every other edge (division by 2) does not change
the way how the edges move to and fro over time. This is especially true as the spectral
components we are interested in have a much lower frequency than the carrier.
As this is not very intuitive, the proof in [Roh97, pp. 102 - 105] is repeated here: The spurious
signal at the divider input is described as a carrier of frequency ω 0 modulated by a sine wave
of frequency ω m:2
sin(t ) = Acosω 0t + ∆ f
f msinω m
(10.2.1)
where ∆ f is the peak frequency deviation of the carrier. The quotient φ p = ∆ f / f m is the
peak phase deviation, also called modulation index µ . For low peak phase deviations φ p 1
(narrowband FM), the low modulation index approximation can beused, expanding the signal
into the carrier and the two sidebands:
sin(t ) ≈ A cosω 0t Carrier : vc
+ Aφ p2
(cos(ω 0 +ω m)t − cos(ω 0 −ω m)t ) Modulation or Noise: vn
(10.2.2)
This form is very useful to find the relationship between power spectral density and phase
noise of a signal:
2This could also be a narrowband noise signal.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
128 Noise In The PLL
Phase noise L ( f m) is defined as the noise-to-signal power ratio in a 1 Hz bandwidth per
sideband at an offset of f m
from the carrier:
L in( f m) =v2
n( f m)
v2c
=φ 2 p ( f m)
4=
φ 2rms( f m)
2(10.2.3)
The total noise density is the noise in both sidebands and will be called N φ
N φ ( f m) = 2L ( f m) = φ 2rms( f m) (10.2.4)
The phase φ i(t ) of the input signal is given by
φ i(t ) = ω 0t +∆ f
f msinω mt (10.2.5)
its instantaneous frequency by
ω i(t ) =d φ i(t )
dt = ω 0 +
∆ f
f mω m cosω mt = ω 0 + ∆ω (t ) (10.2.6)
A frequency divider by N divides frequency and phase by N , giving an output phase of
φ o(t ) = φ i(t )/ N =ω 0t
N +
φ p N
sinω mt (10.2.7)
and an output (fundamental) frequency of
ω o(t ) = ω i(t )/ N =d φ o(t )
dt =
ω 0 N
+∆ f
N f mω m cosω mt =
1
N (ω 0 + ∆ω (t )) (10.2.8)
This result does not mean that the distance of the modulating signal from the carrier has been
reduced by N - the term ∆ω (t )/ N only means that the amount of frequency modulation is
decreased by a factor of N . Narrowband FM approximation has to be used once more to see
what happens to the spurious sideband:
sout (t ) = Acos
ω 0t
N +
φ p
N sinω mt
≈ Acos
ω 0t
N
+
Aφ p2 N
cos
ω 0 N
+ω m
t − cos
ω 0 N
−ω m
t
(10.2.9)
This shows that the sidebands still are a distance of
± f m from the carrier after a frequency
division by N . The phase noise at the output of the (noiseless) divider is:
L out ( f m) =v2
n( f m)
v2c
=φ 2 p ( f m)
4 N 2= L in( f m)/ N 2 (10.2.10)
The phase noise power of the spurious sidebands (or other noise at the divider input) is re-
duced by N 2 after a frequency division by N , i.e. by 6 dB for a division by 2 and by 20 dB
for a division by 10.
So far, a noiseless divider has been assumed. In reality, the divider stages themselves add
phase noise which may become dominant for very low noise input signals or long divider
chains. In a divider chain, the last divider is the most critical one for noise performance be-
cause noise of the preceding divider stages is reduced by the subsequent stages. In a well de-
signed divider, the first stages are optimized for high switching speed (high input frequency)
and the last stages as well (high switching speed = low phase noise).
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
10.2 Noise Contributors in the PLL 129
10.2.2 Phase Detector and Charge Pump Noise
For this noise analysis PD and CP are regarded as one block. Phase detector noise usually
consists of phase noise from the phase detector itself (switching uncertainty) and current
noise from the charge pump or voltage noise from the output buffer. The noise at the output
of the phase detector v2n,det ( f ) is transferred to the VCO output with the transfer function (see
eqn. 10.1.1)
∆φ 2O(s)
v2n,det
=C 2(ω )
K 2φ ≈
N
K φ
2
for ω ω cG(ω )
K φ
2
=
K VCO
ω F (ω )
2
∝ ω z− p for ω ω c
(10.2.11)
The same equations apply for transferring current noise from the output of the PD/CP to theoutput of the VCO - just replace v2
n,det ( f ) by i2n,CP( f ) and use the corresponding K φ definition
in A/rad.
Inside the loop bandwidth, the phase detector transfer function is flat, it is proportional to the
division ratio, N 2 and inversely proportional to the phase detector gain, K 2φ . Outside the loop
bandwidth, the noise is attenuated with ( f c/ f ) p− z where p is the order of the PLL and z is
the number of zeros in open loop transfer function.
When the charge pump current is doubled, K φ is doubled as well. This means, the contribu-
tion of intrinsic phase detector / charge pump noise to the total PLL in-band noise improves
by 6dB. However, the noise current increases as well: Doubling the charge pump current by
adding a second uncorrelated noisy source increases the noise current by√
2 or 3 dB. This
improves the signal-to-noise ratio of the CP current by 3 dB. When the current is doubled
“noiselessly”, e.g. by increasing the ratio of a current mirror (producing no noise of its own),
the noise current is doubled as well (+ 6 dB). Here, you don’t gain in SNR.
From this, one would expect little or no noise improvement from cranking up the charge
pump current. In reality however, the charge pump current often has a huge influence on PLL
phase noise - the explanation is that the charge pump current influences other PLL parameters
as well (see box ”When the CP current is doubled”).
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
130 Noise In The PLL
When the CP current is doubled:
- K φ is doubled as well which improves in-band PD noise suppression by 6 dB. However,
the wider noise bandwidth (see next point) “eats” up a part of this gain.
- loop and noise bandwidth increase by approximately√
2 (for a second order system
with reasonable damping ζ ). The higher loop bandwidth attenuates VCO in-band noise
by 3 dB (Type I PLL) or 6 dB (Type II PLL). At the same time, the higher noise
bandwidth emphasises the PD - noise components. It depends on the actual VCO
and reference noise parameters whether the total integrated phase noise is reduced or
increased.
- in a type I PLL, the duty cycle of the CP is halved because the tuning voltage for
a given frequency has to stay constant. This means, increasing CP current reduces
the on-times of the CP and therefore the amount of current noise fed into the loop
filter per reference period. It is shown below that this reduces the charge pump noise
contribution by approx. 3 dB.
- not much changes in a Type II PLL: here, the CP operates with a very low duty cycle
anyhow - in locked state, the CP is active only during the ABL (anti-backlash) pulses.
This means, that the CP normally doesn’t dominate the total phase noise at the VCO
output, here, the PD with its timing uncertainties often is the main noise source.
In praxis, it may be very difficult to estimate whether charge pump, phase detector, VCO or
some other noise source dominates the inband phase noise of a PLL.
Next, the charge pump noise3
will be regarded in detail: Noise from the CP is switched noise(for details see C.3): every time the charge pump is active, a noise current is transferred into
the loop filter. This noise may come e.g. from the bias circuitry, the actual output devices
or from substrate coupling. Its (unswitched) small-signal current noise power must be deter-
mined first (e.g. by an AC noise simulation) in order to calculate the resulting switched noise
power. As the noise current usually scales with the charge pump current, it makes sense to
define a “Current Noise-to-Signal-Ratio” NSRi.
= i2n/ I 2CP to compare different measurements
/ simulations.
The switching operation folds the noise around multiples of the switching (=reference) fre-
quency f re f . Spectrum and power of the output noise therefore depend on the pulse width T w,
reference frequency and input noise bandwidth f n. The effective noise power in the “base-
band” (0 . . . f sw/2) at the CP can be calculated as
N i,CP( f ) = α k i2n( f ) where α =
T w
T re f
(10.2.12)
The exponent k is in the range 1 . . .2; it is determined by pulse width, noise bandwidth etc.
(see chapter C.3): k = 1 when the CP noise is white or current has a very wide noise band-
width compared to the reference frequency, k = 2 when its noise bandwidth is less than f re f /2.
This noise power density can be referred back to the PD input by dividing it by the PD gain
K 2φ (only valid inside the loop bandwidth). Taking half of this value gives the two-sided noise
power density Sφφ (noise power is split between positive and negative frequencies). Sφφ is
convenient to use because it has the same numeric value as phase noise L ( f ):
3The same calculations can be done for a PD with voltage output.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
10.2 Noise Contributors in the PLL 131
L PD,iCP( f ) = Sφφ ,PD,iCP( f ) =
N i,CP( f )
2K 2φ =
α k i2n( f )
2 I 2CP/4π 2 = 2π 2
α k
SNRi( f ) (10.2.13)
Finally, the phase noise value at the VCO output is obtained by multiplying L PD,iCP( f ) with
the divider ratio N 2:
In-band CP noise contribution
L iCP( f ) = 2 N 2π 2α k SNRi( f ) (10.2.14)
EXAMPLE 14: PLL phase noise due to CP noise
A chargepump drives a current of 1 mA into an averaging loop filter with a first
resistor of 1k Ω and a duty cycle of 1:4 (α = 0.2), giving an average loop fil-ter voltage of 200 mV. The PD/CP has a gain of K φ = 1mA/2π . The reference
frequency is 26 MHz and the VCO output frequency 858 MHz, requiring a divi-
sion ratio of N = 33. The CP produces a white noise current density of in = 250
pA/ √
Hz.
The resulting Noise-to-Signal Ratio is NSRi = 6.25 ·10−14 /Hz or -132 dBc (Hz).
As the noise is white (very wide bandwidth), the noise power must be scaled with
α (k = 1) or the noise current with√α . This gives an effective noise current of
in,e f f =√α in ≈ 112pA/
√Hz. Referred back to the PD, the in-band phase noise
is:
L PD,icp = i2n,e f f /2K 2φ = α · i2
n/2K 2Φ = 2.47 ·10−13rad2/Hz
or
L PD,icp = 10log(2π 2α ) + NSRi = 6dB−132dBc(1Hz) = −126dBc(1Hz)
At a reference frequency of 1Hz, the PD input phase noise would be:
L PD,icp
f re f =1 Hz = −126dBc(1Hz) −10log(26 MHz/1Hz) = −200dBc(1Hz)
At the output of the VCO, this noise appears multiplied by N 2 (inband only):
L o,icp = 20log N +
L PD,icp = 20log N + 10log(2π
2
α ) + NSRi= 20log33+ 6dB− 132dBc(1Hz) = −95.6dBc(1Hz)
In order to achieve a loop filter voltage of 400 mV, the duty cycle must be in-
creased to 2:3, i.e. α must be doubled. This increases the phase noise at the
output (same calculation as above) by 3 dB to -92.6 dBc (1 Hz).
Assume now the noise is bandlimited to f re f /2 with a current noise density of
300 pA/ √
Hz ( NSRi = -130.5 dBc(Hz) ). In this case, noise power is scaled with
α 2, giving phase noise results of L o,icp = -101 dBc (1 Hz) [α = 0.2] and -95 dBc
(1 Hz) [α = 0.4]. Here, the phase noise due to the charge pump current grows
by 6 dB when the on-time of the charge pump is doubled.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
132 Noise In The PLL
10.2.3 Reference Noise
Noise from the reference input L re f ( f ) directly influences in-band phase noise at the VCOoutput L O,re f ( f ):
L O,re f ( f ) = N 2L re f ( f ) for f f p (10.2.15)
EXAMPLE 15: PLL phase noise caused by reference noise
A 26 MHz reference oscillator should contribute less than -100 dBc to the in-
band phase noise of a PLL operating at 1.9 GHz. What is the maximum phase
noise of the reference oscillator?
L re f ( f ) <−
100dBc
−20log1.9GHz/26MHz =
−137.3dBc
10.2.4 VCO Noise
Typically, a free running VCO usually has a phase noise characteristic shown in fig. 10.5:
log f 1 fl
−20db/dec
−30db/dec
m L (f )
f m
f
White Noise Noise Floor1/f Noise
Figure 10.5: Open loop VCO phase noise at an offset of f m from the carrier
For frequencies above f f l , the output noise is white phase noise, caused e.g. by the output
buffer, termination resistor etc. In the frequency range between f c and f f l , the output phase
noise is dominated by white noise in the VCO core devices (flat spectrum). This noise mod-
ulates the carrier, resulting in a -20 dB/dec. characteristic. The flicker noise of VCO core
devices drops with -10 dB / dec, producing a -30 dB/dec. characteristic at the output.
10.2.5 Noise of Loop Filter Resistors
Noise from the output of the loop filter is transferred to the PLL output with the transfer
function ∆φ 2n,O(s)/v2n, LF (s). Outside the loop bandwidth, |T (s)| 1, the loop filter noise
directly modulates the VCO:
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
10.2 Noise Contributors in the PLL 133
∆φ 2n,0
(s)
v2n, LF
= 1
1 + GH (s)2K
VCOs
2
≈ K VCOs
2
for ω ω c (10.2.16)
Inside the loop bandwidth, |GH ( jω )| 1, and the transfer function becomes
∆φ 2n,O(s)
v2n, LF (s)
≈ 1
GH ( jω )
K VCO
ω
2 for ω ω c
=
N ω
KF (s)
K VCO
ω
2
≈ N (ω )
K φ 2
for Type I PLLs N (ω )ω C ∗1
K φ
2
for Type II PLLs(10.2.17)
The last simplifications can be made because inside the loop bandwidth, the transfer function
of non-integrating loop filters F (s) ≈ 1 (Type I PLL). Integrating loop filters can be approx-
imated by F (s) ≈ 1/sC ∗1 (Type II PLL), where C ∗1 is the equivalent loop filter capacitance
(see xxx). K was defined as K .
= K VCO K φ . This means, Type I PLLs simply transfer the loop
filter noise to the output (scaled by N /K φ ) while Type II PLLs attenuate the low frequency
components of loop filter noise. Outside the loop bandwidth, both PLLs attenuate the noise
with 1/ω .
The loop filter characteristic also filters the noise of the resistors themselves. This noise spec-
trum N (ω ) at the output of the loop filter has to be calculated first. In praxis, the output noisespectrum of the loop filter will be determined using small-signal noise analysis.
EXAMPLE 16: PLL phase noise due to noisy loop filter resistors
A 2.2k Ω resistor in a non-integrating loop filter may dominate the noise. N = 70,
K φ = 3V/ π rad, T=300K. Inside the loop bandwidth, this resistor causes single-
sideband (factor 1/2) phase noise L ( f ) of:
L ( f ) =1
24kT R
N
K φ 2
= 1.82 ·10−17V2/Hz4900
0.91V2rad−2
= 1.92 ·10−13rad2/Hz = −127dBc/Hz
assuming that the noise from the VCO is pure phase noise (no amplitude noise).
Example: The noise due to the loop filter resistor R2 in a standard three element integrating
loop filter (fig. 2.12, R2 = 1k Ω, C 1 =1.5 nF, C 2 =12 nF) can be calculated as follows: K φ =
0.5mA/2π rad, K vco = 40 MHz/V, N = 70, BW???
First, the noise spectrum at the output of the loop filter must be calculated: The noise spec-
trum of R2, v2n, R2/∆ f = 4kT R2 is low-pass filtered by C 1 and C 2 [LR00]:
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
134 Noise In The PLL
v2n, LF ( f ) =
C 1
C 1 +C 2
2 v2n, R2
1 +
R2C 1C 2
C 1+C 2ω 2
=1
b2
4kT R2
1 +
f f 1
2=
2.04 ·10−19V 2/ Hz
1 + ( f /119kHz)2(10.2.18)
using the definitions of (2.5.2)
b.
=C 1 +C 2
C 1= 9; f 1 =
1
2π T 1=
C 1 +C 2
2π R2C 1C 2= 119kHz
Inside the loop bandwidth, the spectral noise density at the loop filter output due to R2 is
constant, 2.04 ·10−19V2 /Hz. The closed loop noise transfer function can be approximated by(10.2.17), using the equivalent loop filter capacitance C ∗1 ≈ C 1 +C 2. The phase noise at the
output of the VCO is
L R2( f ) =1
2v2
n, LF
N ω C ∗1
K φ
2
= 1.02 ·10−19V 2/ Hz · (0.075rad s/V · f [Hz])2
= 5.69 ·10−22rad2 · ( f [Hz])2 = −212dBc/Hz + 20log f for f f 1
Outside the loop bandwidth, the noise from the loop filter (10.2.19) directly modulates the
VCO (10.2.16). Inserting (10.2.18) into (10.0.1), the VCO power density spectrum for f > f 0 + f c (upper sideband) can be calculated:
S2vco( f ) =
AK vco
2
2V 2n ( f − f 0)
( f − f 0)2
=
AK vco
2b
24kT R2
( f − f 0)2
1 +
f − f 0
f 1
2 (10.2.19)
This result directly gives the phase noise L ( f ) per sideband around the carrier at f 0 (drop
the amplitude A, phase noise is measured in dBc):
L R2( f ) = B f 21
f 2
f 21 + f 2 ; B .= 4kT R2
K vco
2b
2
= 1.28 ·10−4Hz2 = 5.1 ·10−3rad2/s2
≈ 8.41 ·107rad2/s4
f 4= +79.2dBc/Hz−40log f for f f 1
Example: An R3C 3 post filter is added to the loop filter of the last example with R3 = 2.2k Ωand C 3 = 47pF. The noise from R3 is high-pass filtered by C 1 and C 2. At frequencies above
f 4 = 1/(2π R3C ∗1) = 5 kHz, the noise of R3 is transferred to the loop filter output, attenuated
by ≈ 0.7: v2n, LF = 2.55 ·10−17 V2 /Hz. Inside the loop bandwidth, the resulting phase noise is
L R3( f ) =1
2v2
n, LF N ω C ∗1K φ
2
=1
22.55
·10−17V 2/ Hz
·(0.075 rad s/V
· f [Hz])2
= 7.10 ·10−20rad2 · ( f [Hz])2 = −191dBc/Hz + 20log f for f f c
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
10.2 Noise Contributors in the PLL 135
Obviously, the noise contribution of R3 dominates the total loop filter noise. At 1 kHz, this
loop filter has a contribution of -131 dBc/Hz, at 10kHz of -111 dBc/Hz to the total output
noise. Compared to the first example, the integrating loop filter contributes more in-band
phase noise. This is certainly not a general result as loop BW, loop filter elements etc. have
a strong influence. But the loop gain drops with -40dB/dec for an integrating loop filter and
only with -20dB/dec for a non-integrating one.
The total (phase) noise power of the VCO output voltage is calculated by integrating L (s)from f c to ∞ (the integration starts outside the loop bandwidth f c) and doubling the result to
account for the lower noise sideband:
Pn = 2
∞
f c
B f 21
f 2 f 21 + f 2d f
= −2 B
f ∗− 2 B
f 1arctan
f ∗ f 1
∞ f c
= 2 B
1
f c+
1
f 1
arctan
f c
f 1
− π
2
(10.2.20)
using equation (G.5.7).
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
136 Noise In The PLL
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Part IV
Related Fields
137
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Chapter 11
Modulation and Demodulation
11.1 Digital Modulation
11.2 Digital Demodulation
The job of the demodulator is to re-extract the modulation signal m(t ) from the instantaneous
frequency f i(t ). Analog PLLs have been used to demodulate FM signals for quite a long
time, but since the 1990s more and more digital architectures have evolved. All demodulator
architectures can be derived from the same signal processing principle:
Ideal FM Discriminator: The ideal FM discriminator consists of a differentiator followed
by an envelope detector. In order to remove AM disturbances, usually the signal is firstsent through a limiter. The harmonics of the resulting square wave are then suppressed with
a bandpass filter to obtain a nearly sinusoidal signal again. The center frequency of the
bandpass should be equal to the carrier frequency, its bandwith large enough to not distort the
modulation.
In practical implementations, the above principle can only be approximated:
• Time Delay / Phase Shift: The differentiation process of the ideal FM discriminator
can be approximated by a time delay and subsequent subtraction. A typical application
of this principle is phase noise measurement equipment using a variable delay line. For
low-performance applications the time delay may be realized using an all-pass filter, the
subtraction is performed by an EXOR gate. This detector is also called quadrature or
coincidence detector because the phase shift ideally is 90 deg. at the center frequency.
• Slope Detector: Another approximation to the ideal differentiator is the frequency dis-
criminator which converts frequency deviation from a center frequency into amplitude
variation1. The simplest and oldest implementation exploits the frequency selectivity
of an LC - tank tuned to a frequency slightly above the carrier frequency. An FM signal
across the tank will be converted to AM by its frequency sensitivity. This technique has
severe drawbacks, the most notable being its non-linearity because the voltage across
the tank is proportional to the square of the frequency. Distortions increase when the
maximum frequency deviation approaches the center frequency of the LC tank. Crystal
detectors apply the same principle by using the frequency selectivity of crystals. In its
simplest form, one crystal is needed per channel, that’s why this kind of receiver was
mainly used for walkie-talkies or radio amateur applications with a limited number of
channels.1Remember that a differentiation in the time domain is equivalent to multiplication by f in the frequency domain.
139
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
140 Modulation and Demodulation
• Zero Crossing Detector: Approximates the instant frequency by counting the number
of zero crossings within a gating time interval T G
where f −
1
c T
G f −
1
B. The devi-
ation from the carrier frequency is the momentary modulation data. This principle is
well suited to simple, fully digital demodulators.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Part V
The Toolbox
141
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Appendix A
Fourier and Laplace Analysis and
Synthesis
If your only tool is a hammer, you
tend to see all problems as a nail.
Anonymous
Fourier analysis is a family of mathematical techniques, all based on decomposing signals
into sinusoids (see also [Smi99] and [Luk85]). Depending on the signal (periodic or non-
periodic, time-discrete or continous) and the personal flavour (complex vs. real notation),there are several methods to translate a signal between time and frequency domain.
Real life signals are always real valued (i.e. not complex valued) and can be represented
using sinusoids with positive frequencies only (single sided Fourier transform). I call this the
“engineering” form of the Fourier synthesis. For complex signals and for some calculations,
it is more convenient to use the “mathematical” form of the Fourier transform that also in-
cludes sinusoids with negative frequencies (double sided Fourier transform). In this case, I
use double indices (e.g. ckk ) for coefficients and functions. Attention: the single-sided “engi-
neering” coefficients / functions have twice the value of the “mathematical” counterparts!
When the signal of interest is periodic (and infinite), it can be decomposed into a series of
discrete, harmonically related sinusoids. This is called a Fourier series (A.1). When the
signal is not periodic, it can be described by a Fourier integral (A.2). When the signal is
time-dicrete, i.e. sampled, the discrete Fourier transform or DFT (A.3) is used.
A.1 Fourier Series
A periodical signal ve(t ) with period T 1 = 1/ f 1 = 2π /ω 1 can be decomposed into a sum
of harmonic sine / cosine functions with frequencies k f 1 (k = 0,±1,±2, . . .), the so called
Fourier series. The complex coefficients ckk are called Fourier coefficients:
ve(t ) =∞
∑k =−∞
ckk e j2k π f 1t (A.1.1)
ckk =1
T 1
T 1
0ve(t )e− j2k π f 1t dt (A.1.2)
143
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
144 Fourier and Laplace Analysis and Synthesis
(A.1.1) is called Synthesis Equation or Inverse Transform, (A.1.2) is called Analysis Equation
or Forward Transform. Real life signals ve(t ) are always real valued. In this case, c
kk and
c−kk are complex conjugates, i.e. c−kk = c∗kk = |ckk |e− jφ kk , c0 is real. (A.1.1) can be rewritten
using only positive frequencies ck .
= 2ckk :
ve(t ) = c0 +∞
∑k =1
|ck |cos(k ω 1t +φ k ) or (A.1.3)
= a0 +∞
∑k =0
(ak cosk ω 1t + bk sink ω 1t ) where (A.1.4)
a0 =1
T 1
T 1
0ve(t ) dt (DC Part)
ak =2
T 1 T 1
0ve(t )cos(k ω 1t ) dt , k = 0, 1,... (DC and Real Part)
bk =2
T 1
T 1
0ve(t )sin(k ω 1t ) dt , k = 1,2, . . . (Imaginary Part)
|ck | =
a2k + b2
k ≥ 0 , c0 = a0 (Magnitude)
φ k = arctan
−bk
ak
(Phase)
The “mathematical” form (A.1.1) uses positive and negative frequencies (double sided Fourier
series), while (A.1.3) and (A.1.4) use only positive frequencies (single sided Fourier series).
The coefficients of (A.1.4) are twice as large, because only the positive side of the spectrum is
used. In literature, both single and double sided Fourier transforms can be found. Therefore,equations and coefficients may vary by a factor of two from publication to publication. Here,
with a few exceptions, only positive frequencies are used because spectrum analysers don’t
support negative frequencies yet ...
A.2 Fourier Integral
A non-periodic function vn(t ) cannot be decomposed into a Fourier series. Instead, it is
possible to calculate the Fourier integral for vn(t ), i.e. calculate the frequency spectrum
V nn( f ) for vn(t ):
vn(t ) = F−1 V nn( f ) =
∞
−∞V nn( f )e j2π f t d f (A.2.1)
V nn( f ) = Fvn(t ) =
∞
−∞vn(t )e− j2π f t dt (A.2.2)
Again, (A.2.2) is called Analysis Function or Forward Transform and (A.2.1) is called Synthe-
sis Function or Inverse Transform. V nn( f ) has the dimension amplitude/frequency, therefore
it is called amplitude density spectrum. Usually, V nn( f ) is complex valued.
In general, vn(t ) can be a complex valued function, too. For real world, real valued functions
vn(t ), the frequency spectrum V nn( f ) for negative and positive frequencies is conjugate com-
plex, i.e. V ∗nn(− f ) = V nn( f ) .= V n( f )/2 (A.2.1). In this case, (A.2.2) be rewritten using only
positive frequencies:
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
A.3 Discrete / Fast Fourier Transform 145
vn(t ) = ∞
0a( f )cos2π f t + b( f )sin2π ft d f where (A.2.3)
a( f ).
= 2 ReV nn( f ) = 2
∞
−∞vn(t )cos2π ft dt (Real Part) (A.2.4)
b( f ).
= 2 ImV nn( f ) = 2
∞
−∞vn(t )sin2π ft dt (Imaginary Part) (A.2.5)
Often, these equations are expressed in ω = 2π f instead of f . Simply replace f by ω /2π and d f by d ω /2π in (A.2.3), (A.2.4) and (A.2.5) to re-write the equations in ω .
A.3 Discrete / Fast Fourier Transform
The additional noise floor created by a discrete Fourier transform is:
NF FF T (dB) = 10log3 N DFT
π ENBW ??? (A.3.1)
where N DFT is the number of DFT samples and ENBW is the equivalent noise bandwidth of
the window function. For a rectangular window, the ENBW is the same as its bandwidth, for
a Hanning window, ENBW = 1.5∆ f .
A 4096 point DFT with an effective noise bandwidth of 10 kHz creates a noise floor
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
A.4 Some Fourier Transformations
The following transformations are two-sided (positive and negative frequencies):
Similiarity : a · s(bt ) −• a
|b|S
f
b
Dirac pulse : δ (t ) −• 1
Rect pulse : rect
t
T w
−• T w
sinπ T w f
π T w f = T w sinc(π T w
Sinc pulse : sinc( f 0t ) −• 1
f 0rect
f
f 0
Periodic δ − function :∞∑
n=−∞δ (t − nT ) −• 1
T
∞∑
n=−∞δ
f − n
T
Periodic signal :
∞
∑n=−∞
s(t − nT ) = s(t ) ∞
∑n=−∞
δ (t − nT ) −• S( f )
T
∞
∑n=−∞
δ
f − n
T
Periodic. rect . signal : rect
t
T w
∞
∑n=−∞
δ (t − nT ) −•∞
∑n=−∞
T w
T sinc
π nT w
T
δ
f
Ideal sampler : s(t )∞
∑n=−∞
δ (t − nT ) −• 1
T
∞
∑n=−∞
S
f − n
T
Sample & Hold ( Zero Order Hold ) : rectt
τ s(t )∞
∑n=−∞
δ (t − nT ) −• τ
T sinc(πτ f )
∞
∑n=−∞
S f − n
T
Cosine function : cos 2π f 0t −• 1
2[δ ( f − f 0) +δ ( f + f 0)]
Sine function : sin 2π f 0t −• j
2[δ ( f − f 0) −δ ( f + f 0)]
Fourier series :∞
∑k =0
ck cos k ω 1t −•∞
∑k =0
ck
2[δ ( f − k f 0) +δ ( f +
C h r i s t i a nM¨ unk e r
P h a s e N o i s e a n d S p ur i o u s S i d e b a n d s i nF r e q u e n c y S y n t h e s i z er s v 3 .2
D e c e m b e r 2 0 ,2 0 0 5
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Bandpass transform : s(t ) · cos2π f 0t −• 1
2[S( f − f 0) + S( f + f 0)]
Freq. shift : s(t ) · e j2π f 0t −• S( f − f 0)
Delay : s(t −∆T ) −• S( f )e− j2π f ∆T = S( f )e− j f ∆
where ∆φ .=
2π ∆T
T 0
Integrator :
t
−∞s(τ )d τ −• S( f )
j2π f +
1
2S(0)δ ( f )
Step function : ε (t ) −• δ ( f )
2+
1
j2π f
C h r i s t i a nM¨ unk e r
P h a s e N o i s e a n d S p ur i o u s S i d e b a n d s i nF r e q u e n c y S y n t h e s i z er s v 3 .2
D e c e m b e r 2 0 ,2 0 0 5
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
148 Fourier and Laplace Analysis and Synthesis
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Appendix B
Noise
Eine Theorie sollte so einfach sein
wie mglich, jedoch nicht einfacher.
Albert Einstein
B.1 Statistical Terms
• ensemble
• expectation 1st and 2nd order, variance, mean
• stationary process: E vn(t ) = vn(t )
• cyclostationary process: [Kun98], [PK04]
B.2 Thermal Noise
Thermal noise is a fundamental physical phenomenon that is present in any linear passive
resistor. Its amplitude distribution is Gaussian and the spectral density is flat. The maximum
available noise power of a resistor, i.e. the noise power that can be transferred into a matched
load is1
Pn = kT ∆ f in W (B.2.1)
where T is the absolute Temperature in Kelvin and k = 1.38 · 10−23VAs/K is Boltzman’s
constant. Noise power of a resistor only depends on the temperature and the bandwidth of
interest. At room temperature (T= 300K), the available thermal noise power of a resistor over
a 1-Hz bandwidth is about 4.1 ·10−21 W or -174dBm. The well-known mean-squared noise
voltage (current) per bandwidth ∆ f of a resistor R (also called thermal noise spectral density)
is easily derived from (B.2.1):
v2n/∆ f = 4kT R in V2/Hz (B.2.2)
or1using only positive frequencies as usual
149
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
150 Noise
i2n/∆ f =
4kT
R in A2
/Hz (B.2.3)
These values are the open circuit (v2n) / short circuit (i2
n) values. The thermal noise spectral
density of a 1k Ω resistor at room temperature is v2n/∆ f ≈ 16.6 · 10−18V2 /Hz or -168 dBV.
Written in rms form, this gives vn/√
∆ f ≈ 4nV/√
Hz. The equivalent current spectral den-
sity is i2n/∆ f ≈ 1.64 ·10−24A2 /Hz or in/
√∆ f ≈ 4pA/
√Hz
Since the channel in a MOSFET is basically a controlled channel resistor, r ch, it exhibits ther-
mal noise (which is also its dominant source of noise). This noise source is best represented
by a noise current generator i2d ,n from drain to source with a value of
i2n,T =
4kT γ
r ch
∆ f (B.2.4)
where 1/r ch is the channel conductance of the MOSFET and γ is a constant depending on the
operation region. In the linear region near V DS = 0, the channel conductance is equal to the
drain-source conductance 1/r ch = gds ≈ β · (vGS − vT ) and γ = 1. The channel conductance
of long devices in the saturation region is ≈ gm where gm =
2β I D = β (vGS − vT ) and
β ≈ W / L ·µ C ox. Due to field effects, γ has a value of approx. 2/3. This gives the formula for
MOS drain noise current density often found in text books
i2n,T (sat.) ≈ 8kT
3gm∆ f =
8kT
3
2β I D∆ f (B.2.5)
Referred back to the input, this gives an equivalent noise voltage of
v
2
n,T (sat.) = i
2
n,T g
2
m ≈8kT
3gm ∆ f (B.2.6)
EXAMPLE 17: White drain noise current of a MOSFET in saturation
A MOSFET at room temperature with a gm of 10 mS in saturation creates a noise
current of
i2n,T (sat.) ≈ 8kT
3gm∆ f = 1.1 ·10−24A2/Hz
This is equivalent to an rms current of in/√
∆ f ≈ 10.5pA/√
Hz, the noise current
produced by a resistor of 145 Ω.
However, in short devices, γ can be much larger (2 ... 3 or even more). This is caused by hotelectrons, producing excess noise.
In any case, thermal noise of a MOSFET in saturation increases with√
I D. Decreasing the
bias current of a MOSFET gives worse noise performance: if e.g. the bias current is reduced
by a factor of 2, the thermal drain current noise is reduced by√
2. However, the load resistor
must be increased by a factor of 2 in order to get the same voltage signal swing. This increases
the noise voltage by√
2, the SNR gets worse by√
2. The larger load resistor may also add
noise - turn up the current for good noise performance!
B.3 Flicker Noise (1/f Noise)
Additionally, there is also flicker noise in many devices (BJTs, resistors, MOSFETs...), which
is caused by imperfections in the crystal and the gate oxide interface. The spectral density of
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
B.4 Shot Noise 151
flicker noise drops with 1/ f β , its magnitude is described by the empirical constants K f and
β (≈
1).
i2n, f =
K f g2m
C oxW L
∆ f
f β =
K f I Dµ
L2
∆ f
f β (B.3.1)
or, referred to the input:
v2n, f = i2
n, f g2m =
K f
C oxW L
∆ f
f β (B.3.2)
The total noise of a (long) MOSFET in saturation is given by
i2n =
8kT
3
2β I D∆ f
+
K f I Dµ
L2
1
f β ∆ f
thermal noise flicker noise
(B.3.3)
K f depends on process and temperature, typical values are 10−24 . . . 10−22V2F.
The frequency where the flicker noise starts to grow larger than the thermal noise is called
flicker noise corner frequency, for MOSFETs it can be in the range of a few kHz up to several
MHz. Bipolar junctions and even resistors also show flicker noise, however with much lower
corner frequencies (a few ten Hz up to several kHz).
B.4 Shot Noise
B.5 Bandlimited NoiseThe theoretical spectral power density of white noise, e.g. (B.2.2) or (B.2.3), is flat - this
would give infinite total noise power if the bandwidth of interest was infinite. In praxis, sig-
nals and noise are always low-pass signals, therefore, the noise power is limited to sensible
results (E.4).
C
C
R R
−
+
−
+out V n
2v / f = 4kTR ∆
out V
Figure B.1: Equivalent Circuit for Noise of RC Lowpass
Noise generated by a resistor R is filtered by a capacitor C . The resulting noise across the
capacitor appears filtered by a one pole low-pass filter with the time-constant τ RC = RC . This
can be seen easily by splitting the noisy resistor into a noisefree resistor and a noise source
with v2n/∆ f = 4kT R (see fig. B.1). The resulting output voltage has a spectrum of [GM84, p.
689], [GT86, p.505ff]:
v2n,out ( f )
∆ f =
v2n( f )
∆ f
1/ j2π f C
R + 1/ j2π f C
2 =4kT R
1 + (2π f τ RC )2(B.5.1)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
152 Noise
The total noise power is calculated by integrating the filtered noise spectral density over the
whole frequency range using (G.5.6):
Pn =
∞
0
4kT R
1 + (2π f τ RC )2
d f ; τ RC .
= RC
=4kT R
2πτ RC
arctan2π f τ RC
∞0
= 4kT R1
4τ RC
.= 4k T Rf n =
kT
C (B.5.2)
−3dB f f
n
v (f)/ f n,out ∆2
f
4kTR
Figure B.2: Noise transfer function and equivalent noise bandwidth
where f n = 1/4τ RC = π /2 f −3dB is the equivalent brick wall bandwidth giving the same total
noise power at the output as the actual transfer function (see fig. B.2). The noise power at
the input is proportional to R, the -3dB frequency of the RC - filter is proportional to 1/ R.
Therefore, the output noise power is independent of R and can only be reduced by increasing
C .
(B.5.2) can also be used to calculate the noise power of an independent noise source filtered
by a noisy RC filter - simply add its spectral noise density v2n/∆ f to the 4kT R within the
integral.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Appendix C
Switching and Sampling
C.1 Switched Signals
When a signal is switched periodically, the switching creates multiple copies of the signal
spectrum in the frequency domain (fig. C.1). These copies of the original signal spectrum
will overlap when the signal bandwidth f BW is larger than half the switching frequency f sw/2
(Nyquist criterium).
We will assume that the switching signal m(t ) is a perfect rectangular signal with frequency
1/T sw and pulse width T w, its duty cycle is α = T w/T sw. 1 The power of this signal can be
calculated easily in the time domain, it is Pm = α m2. The spectrum of m(t) is given by:
m(t ) =∞∑
k =−∞rect
t − kT sw
T w
= rect
t
T w
∞
∑k =−∞
δ (t − kT sw)
−• T w
T sw
sinc π T w f ∞
∑k =−∞
δ
f − k
T sw
=∞
∑k =−∞
α sincπ k α .
=ckk
δ
f − k
T sw
= M ( f ) (C.1.1)
The modulation with m(t) can be described by a multiplication in the time domain which is
equivalent to a convolution in the frequency domain (figure C.1):
ΦSS,mod ( f ) = ΦSS( f ) M 2( f ) = ΦSS( f ) ∞
∑k =−∞
(α sincπ k α )2 δ
f − k
T sw
(C.1.2)
=∞
∑k =−∞
c2kk ΦSS( f − k /T sw) (C.1.3)
The resulting spectrum shows multiple copies of the original spectrum at frequencies S( f −k f sw) weighted with the amplitude of the switching signal’s k-th harmonic. Although the
original signal s(t ) is a bandpass signal, the modulated signal smod (t ) also has components
at DC. This process is also called “downsampling”. At the same time, components may be
generated at higher frequencies (“upsampling”). This effect is often used on purpose for1The results can be adapted to non-rectangular signals if needed.
153
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
154 Switching and Sampling
2α
wT
wT
w2/T
w1/T
m(t)
2M (f)
Φ (f)SS,mod
Φ (f)SS
mods (t)
Tsw
1/Tsw
f
==
m
x*
s(t)
t
t
t f
f
Figure C.1: Switched Signal
frequency conversion, but fast switching signals (⇒ lots of harmonics) up- or downconvert
signals or noise to unexpected frequencies.
C.2 Sampled Signals
C.3 Switched (Cyclostationary) Noise
When a wide-band signal (e.g. noise) is switched, the switching creates multiples of the
noise spectrum in the frequency domain (fig. C.2). These copies of the original noise spec-
trum will overlap when the noise bandwidth f n is larger than half the switching frequency
f sw/2 (Nyquist criterium).
modn (t)
Tsw
m(t)
wT
wT
N0
α N0
α2
w
1/Tw
2/T1/Tsw
1/Tsw
Φnn,mod
2(f)
Φnn(f)
2
2M (f)
=
x *
=
1
n(t)
t
t
f
f
f
f
ft
Figure C.2: Switched white noise, narrow pulses
The switching signal m(t ) is a rectangular signal with frequency 1/T sw and pulse width T w,
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
C.3 Switched (Cyclostationary) Noise 155
its duty cycle is α = T w/T sw. The power of this signal can be calculated easily in the time
domain, it is Pm
= α m2. The switching operation has no gain, so m is set to one.
m(t ) =∞
∑k =−∞
rect
t − kT sw
T w
= rect
t
T w
∞
∑k =−∞
δ (t − kT sw)
−• T w
T sw
sinc π T w f ∞
∑k =−∞
δ
f − k
T sw
=∞
∑k =−∞
α sincπ k α
.=ckk
δ
f − k
T sw
= M ( f ) (C.3.1)
The noise signal is modulated (multiplied) with m(t ) which is equivalent to a convolution in
the frequency domain (figure C.2):
Φnn,mod ( f ) = Φnn( f ) M 2( f )
= Φnn( f ) ∞
∑k =−∞
(α sincπ k α )2 δ
f − k
T sw
(C.3.2)
=∞
∑k =−∞
c2kk Φnn( f − k /T sw)
= N 0
·
∞
∑k =−∞
c2kk = N 0
·Pm for Φnn( f ) = N 0 (C.3.3)
1/Tw
wT
wT
Tsw
m(t) α2
N0
2M (f)
1/Tsw
1/Tsw
Φnn,mod
2(f)
α0
N
Φ (f)2
nn
modn (t)
=
x*
=
1
t
t
t
f
f
f
n(t)
Figure C.3: Switched white noise, wide pulses
When the noise is white with a flat spectral power density N 0, (C.3.2) can be simplified. The
remaining sum term in (C.3.3) is the sum of the squared harmonics’ amplitudes of m(t ), i.e.
it is equal to the power of the modulation signal (see eqn. E.3.1), Pm = α m2 = α . The noise
power density is simply proportional to the duty cycle α of the modulation signal (C.3.3):
v2n,out /∆ f = α · v2
n,in/∆ f where α = T w/T (C.3.4)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
156 Switching and Sampling
This is a bit suprising, one should expect that the output power is proportional to α 2. A
somewhat “hand-waving” explanation for this is: The amplitude of the harmonics of M 2( f )is proportional to α 2. However, with increasing α the first zero of the sinc2( x) at 1/T w moves
down in frequency and the high frequency content of M 2( f ) is reduced. For white noise with
unlimited bandwidth, the resulting total noise power is proportional to α .
α2
modn (t)
m(t)Tsw
wT
wT
w1/T
w2/T1/Tsw
N0
2M (f)
fn
1/Tsw
Φnn,mod
2(f)
Φnn(f)
2
=
x
*
=
n(t)
1
f
f
f
t
t
t
Figure C.4: Switched bandlimited noise, narrow pulses α 1
When the noise has a limited bandwidth Bn, things become more complicated: Every dirac
pulse in the frequency domain in (C.3.2) corresponds to a line in the spectrum of the mod-
ulation signal (frequency and magnitude). Every spectral line folds noise, i.e. shifts a copy
of the noise in frequency and adds it to the total output noise, multiplied by its weight (the
magnitude of the corresponding spectral line) (see figure C.4, thin lines in Φ2nn,mod are the
contributions of each spectral line). This mechanism is explained very well in [GT86, p.508-
510], though for the case of sample & hold. An integrating loop filter does not sample the
noise, therefore, results cannot be compared directly.
α2
w2/T
w1/T
N0
wT
wT
Tsw
Φ (f)2
nn1/Tsw
Nα2
0
1/Tsw
fn
m(t)
modn (t) Φnn,mod
2(f)
2M (f)
=
x*
=
1
t
t
n(t)f
f
f
t
Figure C.5: Switched bandlimited noise, wide pulses
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
C.3 Switched (Cyclostationary) Noise 157
A rule of the thumb can be constructed as follows: Usually, the bandwidth of interest is
the “base band” 0 . . . f sw
/2, higher frequencies are filtered out by the loop filter. Due to
the switching of the input noise spectrum, copies of the spectrum are generated at higher
frequencies. The number of input noise bands folded back into the base band depends on the
ratio of the input noise bandwidth Bn and switching frequency f sw: A number of 2 Bn/ f sw
copies of the input noise spectrum is folded back into the base band. The multiplication
factor for each noise band is given by (α sincπ k α )2. As the sinc2( x) function drops to
zero quite fast, the harmonics beyond 1/T w will be neglected. This means, a number of
(1/T w)/(1/T sw) = 1/α harmonics contribute to noise folding with an constant (very rough
approximation) amplitude of α 2, the rest is neglected. This crude approximation allows easy
calculation. The total noise power density in the base band is approximately
Φ2nn,mod ≈ α 2 N 0 ·min2 Bn
f sw
, 1α with α = T w
T sw
(C.3.5)
≈
α N 0 for 2 BnT w > 1 (a)
α 2 N 0 ·2 Bn/ f re f for 2 BnT w < 1 (b)
α 2 N 0 for Bn < f sw/2 (c)
The meaning of this is best seen with some extreme cases:
White Noise / Very Wide Noise Bandwidth (C.3.6a): When the input noise has very wide
input bandwidth, lots of noise is folded back into the baseband (fig. C.2). 1/α is smallerthan 2 Bn/ f sw or, regrouped, 2 BnT w > 1. The resulting noise power density is α N 0, as already
shown in (C.3.4).
Wide Pulses (Type 2 phase detector, C.3.6a): For wide pulses, 1/α usually also is smaller
than 2 Bn/ f sw and 2 BnT w > 1. When, for example, T w = 1/2T sw, α = 1/2 (fig. C.3), the
harmonics of M 2( f ) are attenuated quite strongly (p.ex. the harmonic at 2 f sw is completely
suppressed, the one at 3 f sw only has a magnitude of (0.21)2, i.e. there is not much folding
back of noise. For this reason, limiting the input noise bandwidth in this case has not much
effect on the total output noise power - the output noise density becomes α N 0.
Very Short Pulses (ABL pulses in locked state, C.3.6b): A Type II PLL (integrating loop
filter) in locked state produces only very short pulses (compared to T sw). This means, that
the frequency of the first zero of the sinc(x) function is at a very high frequency and the first
harmonics of M ( f ) have approximately constant magnitude α 2. The input noise bandwidth
directly influences the output noise spectrum - the wider Bn, the more copies of the input noise
are added on top of each other (fig. C.4) and the output noise density becomes α 2 N 0 ·2 Bn/ f sw.
Very Narrow Noise Bandwidth (C.3.6c): When the noise bandwidth is limited to less than
half the switching frequency (this could be realized in a system with a high reference fre-
quency, e.g. a Fractional-N Synthesizer), Bn < f sw/2, every spectral line folds a copy of the
noise around itself, but the resulting noise bands do not overlap (fig. C.5). The total baseband
noise density is simply the input noise density scaled with α 2, i.e. α 2 N 0. As a rule of the
thumb, the effect of downsampling can be ignored if Φnn ( f − f sw/2) Φnn ( f ) by at least
10 dB.
EXAMPLE 18: Charge Pump Noise
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
158 Switching and Sampling
Using the same data as in the last examples, K φ = 0.5mA/ π rad, K vco = 40
MHz/V, N = 70, f sw = 13MHz. The noise current density is in,CP = 20pA/
√Hzinto a non-integrating loop filter with Rin = 8.2k Ω / into an integrating loop fil-
ter with C ∗1 = 13.5nF. In locked state, the PLL with non-integrating loop-filter
produces pulses at the output with a duty cycle of 50% (α = 0.5). The PLL
with integrating loop filter only produces very short anti-deadzone pulses with
T w = T ABL = 2ns (α = 0.02).
Assuming that the noise is wide bandwidth, the resulting output noise spectral
density is determined by the modulation duty cycle α . With the non-integrating
loop filter, the phase detector noise current density is
i2n,det ( f ) = α · i2
n,CP( f ) = 2.0 ·10−22A2/Hz
and for the integrating loop filter:
i2n,det ( f ) = α · i2
n,CP( f ) = 8.0 ·10−24A2/Hz
The resulting noise current at the phase detector v2n,det ( f ) has to be multiplied
with thenoise transfer function (10.2.11), giving an output noise spectrum within
the loop bandwidth of
∆φ 2O( f ) ≈ i2n,det ( f )
N
K φ 2
=
3.88 ·10−11rad2/Hz = −104dBc/Hz for n.i. LF
1.55·10
−12rad2/Hz =
−118dBc/Hz for int. LF
Outside the loop bandwidth, the output noise spectrum is:
∆φ 2O( f ) ≈ i2n,det ( f )
K VCO
jω F ( jω )
2
=
xxxrad2/Hz = − xxxdBc/Hz for n.i. LF
xxxrad2/Hz = − xxxdBc/Hz for int. LF
The single-sideband phase noise L ( f ) has half the magnitude, i.e. 3dB have to
be subtracted from the values above.
C.4 Intermodulation of Two Frequencies
When a signal containing two frequencies is put through a non-linear stage, new frequency
components will be generated. This process is called intermodulation. Let’s assume a stage
with linear gain and square and cubic distortion terms:
F ( x) = a1 · x + a2 · x2 + a3 · x3
A signal containing the two frequencies f 1 and f 2 is processed by this stage:
x = A1 cos(ω 1t ) + A2 cos(ω 2t )
The output signal will show many new frequency components:
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
C.5 Clipped Signals 159
F ( x) = a1 ( A1 cosω 1t + A2 cosω 2t ) linear gain
+ a2 ( A1 cosω 1t + A2 cosω 2t )2 quadratic distortion
+
a3 ( A1 cosω 1t + A2 cosω 2t )3 cubic distortion
= a1 A1 cosω 1t + a1 A2 cosω 2t +
a2
A2
1 cos2ω 1t + A22 cos2ω 2t + 2 A1 A2 cosω 1t cosω 2t
+
a3
A3
1 cos3ω 1t + A32 cos3ω 2t + 3 A1 A2
cos2ω 1t cosω 2t + cosω 1t cos2ω 2t
= a1 A1 cosω 1t + a1 A2 cosω 2t +
a2
2 A2
1 (1 + cos2ω 1t ) + A22 (1 + cos2ω 2t ) + 2 A1 A2 (cos(ω 1 −ω 2) t + cos(ω 1 +ω 2) t )
+
a3
4 A31 (3cosω 1t + cos3ω 1t ) + A32 (3cosω 2t + cos3ω 2t )+
3
2a3 A1 A2 [(1 + cos2ω 1t )cosω 2t + cosω 1t (1 + cos2ω 2t )]
=
a1 A1 +
3
2a3 A1 A2 +
3a3
8A3
1
cosω 1t +
a1 A2 +
3
2a3 A1 A2 +
3a3
8A3
1
cosω 2t
original f requencies
+
a2
2
A2
1 + A22
DC
+a2
2
A2
1 cos2ω 1t + A22 cos2ω 2t
second harmonic
+a3
4
A3
1 cos3ω 1t + A32 cos3ω 2t
third harmonic
+
a2 A1 A2 cos(ω 1 ±ω 2) t
1st order mix products
+3a3
4A1 A2 [cos(2ω 1 ±ω 2) t + cos(2ω 2 ±ω 1) t ]
2nd order mix products
(C.4.1)
Even in this simple example the output signal contains new components at DC, 2ω 1 and 2ω 2,
3ω 1 and 3ω 2, mixed components at ω 1 ±ω 2, 2ω 1 ±ω 2 and ω 1 ± 2ω 2.
C.5 Clipped Signals
Signal clipping can occur as an unwanted effect when the maximum output swing of a linear
stage is exceeded. On the other hand, analog signals often are limited deliberately to elimi-
nate amplitude noise for circuitry that only uses the timing / phase information. Limiting can
be approximated by putting the signal through a strongly non-linear function with limiting
behaviour like arctan( x) (
−π /2 . . .π /2) or tanh( x) (
−1 . . .1).
Inspite of clipping, an amplitude disturbance will create some phase or timing error. How
large that error is depends on the slew rate of the signal and the amplitude of the disturbance:
When a sum of two signals passes through a non-linear stage, there will be intermodulation,
i.e. the generation of new frequency components. Clipping is just a special form of a non-
linear stage, therefore the results from the last section can be used:
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
160 Switching and Sampling
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Appendix D
FM / PM Signals
Any sufficiently advanced
technology is indistinguishable from
magic.
Arthur C. Clarke
- — General BlaBla —
D.1 Sinusoidal Modulation Signals
A sinusoidal signal of amplitude A and frequency ω 0 that is phase modulated by another
sinusoidal signal of frequency ω 1 and amplitude µ can be expanded into an infinite sum of
cosine signals, each weighted with a Bessel function (see G.2) [Luk85, p. 232-235]. The
parameter µ = ∆ f / f 1 is called modulation index:
sFM (t ) = A cos(ω 0t +µ sin(ω 1t +φ 1))
= A∞
∑n=−∞
J n(µ )cos(ω 0t + n (ω 1t +φ 1)) (D.1.1)
This signal has a spectrum that is symmetrical around the carrier with frequency f 0 and am-
plitude J 0(µ ) (fig. D.1). The spurious sidebands have relative amplitudes of J n(µ ) at offsetsfrom the carrier of ±n f 1. This means, a modulating signal with a single frequency produces
lots of spurious sidebands due to the non-linearity of frequency modulation.
(D.1.1) has a magnitude spectrum of
|SFM ( f )| = A∞
∑n=−∞
| J n(µ )|δ ( f − f 0 − n f 1) (D.1.2)
For small modulation signals µ 1, the higher order Bessel terms decrease rapidly; the first
terms can be approximated by: J 0(µ ) ≈ 1, J ±1(µ ) ≈ ±µ /2, J ±2(µ ) ≈ µ 2/8. Often, it is
sufficient to look at the zero and 1st order terms, i.e. carrier and first sidebands, and (D.1.1)
can be rewritten as
sFM (t ) ≈ A−µ
2cos(ω 0t −ω 1t −φ 1) + cosω 0t +
µ
2cos(ω 0t +ω 1t +φ 1)
(D.1.3)
161
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
162 FM / PM Signals
In the frequency domain, this corresponds to
|SFM ( f )| = Aµ
2δ ( f − f 0 + f 1) +δ ( f − f 0) + µ
2δ ( f − f 0 − f 1)
(D.1.4)
This case is called Narrow Band FM Approximation1 or Low Modulation Index Approxima-
tion.
fc
1/f m2 1/f m1
S (f)FM
m1+f+fm2
+fm2m1+f
0f + f∆
0 1f + f∆
0f + f∆3
0f + f∆2
f0
f0
f0
f (t)FM
1/f m1+2f
m1m1+f
ft
t fa)
b)
Figure D.1: Instant Frequency and Spectra of FM Modulated Signals
Fig. D.1 shows momentary frequency and spectra of signals that have been FM modulated by
sinusoids. The upper figure shows what happens when the amplitude of a modulation signal
with frequency f m is increased: the instant frequency deviation ∆ f is increased by the same
amount. For a small modulation amplitude (= low modulation index), the modulation will
produce only two sidebands in the spectrum around the carrier at an offset of ± f m. Their
level will increase proportionally with the modulation amplitude. At higher modulation am-
plitudes this relationship becomes non-linear and higher order sidebands at ±k f m will appear
as predicted by (D.1.1).
The lower part of the figure shows the effect of varying the modulation frequency: doubling
the modulation frequency at the same modulation amplitude decreases the modulation index:
in the spectrum, the sidebands appear at twice the offset with half the level.
D.2 Periodic Modulation Signals
Due to the non-linearities of phase / frequency modulation,
Let’s first look at two sinusoids interfering with the tune voltage ve(t ) = m1 cosω 1t +m2 cosω 2t .
At the VCO output they create an phase error of
∆φ e(t ) = 2π K vco
t
−∞m1 cosω 1τ + m2 cosω 2τ d τ
=m1K vco
f 1sinω 1t +
m2K vco
f 2sinω 2t +φ 0
= µ 1 sinω 1t +µ 2 sinω 2t +φ 0 where µ i = miK vco/ f i (D.2.1)1No excess bandwidth compared to amplitude modulation is needed as in the case of high modulation indices
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
D.2 Periodic Modulation Signals 163
We see that the integrating behavior of the VCO attenuates the signal with the higher fre-
quency and also creates a phase shift of 90 deg. but there are no distortions. In the frequency
domain, things are different: applying a power series approximation, neglecting terms of 3rd
order and higher and using some trignometric identities gives the following results
svco(t ) = A cos(ω 0t + ∆φ e(t ))
= A cos(ω 0t +µ 1 sinω 1t +µ 2 sinω 2t )
= A cos(ω 0t )cos(µ 1 sinω 1t +µ 2 sinω 2t )
− A sin(ω 0t )sin(µ 1 sinω 1t +µ 2 sinω 2t )
≈ A cos(ω 0t )
1− 1
2(µ 1 sinω 1t +µ 2 sinω 2t )2
− A sin(ω 0t )µ 1 sinω 1t +µ 2 sinω 2t −1
6 (µ 1 sinω 1t +µ 2 sinω 2t )3
≈ A cos(ω 0t )
1− 1
2
µ 21 sin2ω 1t +µ 22 sin2ω 2t + 2µ 1µ 2 sinω 1t sinω 2t
− A sin(ω 0t ) (µ 1 sinω 1t +µ 2 sinω 2t )
= Acos(ω 0t ) +
µ 12
cos(ω 0t ±ω 1t ) +µ 22
cos(ω 0t ±ω 2t )
−cos(ω 0t )
µ 214
(1− cos2ω 1t ) +µ 224
(1− cos2ω 2t ) +µ 1µ 2
4cos(ω 1t ±ω 2t )
= A
cos(ω 0t )
1− µ 21 +µ 22
4
+
µ 12
cos(ω 0t ±ω 1t ) +µ 22
cos(ω 0t ±ω 2t )
+µ 2
18
cos(ω 0t ±2ω 1t ) + µ 2
28
cos(ω 0t ± 2ω 2t ) + µ 1µ 28
cos(ω 0t ±ω 1t ±ω 2t )(D.2.2)
The result shows a whole bunch of sidebands - the ones at offsets of ±ω 1 and ±ω 2 are the
linear terms, additionally the second harmonic of the modulation tones appears at ±2ω 1 resp.
±2ω 2 and there is intermodulation as well, giving sidebands at ±(ω 1 ±ω 2). Higher order
terms do not appear
A periodic signal ve(t ) with a fundamental frequency f 1 can be decomposed into an infinite
Fourier series:
ve(t ) = c0 +∞
∑k =1
ck cos(k ω 1t +φ k )
where ck is the amplitude of the k-th harmonic and φ k is its phase. It has been assumed, thatve(t ) is DC-free (see page 11), i.e. c0 = 0. ve(t ) creates a phase modulation of
∆φ e(t ) = 2π K vco
t
−∞ve(τ ) d τ = 2π K vco
t
−∞
∞
∑k =1
ck cos(k ω 1τ +φ k ) d τ
= 2π K vco
∞
∑k =1
ck
k ω 1sin(k ω 1t +φ k ) +C k
=∞
∑k =1
K vcock
k f 1sin(k ω 1t +φ k )
=∞
∑k =1
µ k sin(k ω 1t +φ k ) where µ k =K vcock
k f 1(D.2.3)
The integration constants ∑C k have been dropped (see G.5) - they only cause static phase /
frequency changes which are compensated by the locked loop. µ k is the modulation index for
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
164 FM / PM Signals
the k-th harmonic of the modulation signal. For small periodic modulating signals (µ < 0.01),
narrowband FM approximation (6.2.2) can be used. This allows superposing the modulating
effect of each harmonic2:
svco(t ) = A cos(ω 0t + ∆φ e(t ))
= A cos
ω 0t +
∞
∑k =1
µ k sin(k ω 1t +φ k )
≈ A
cosω 0t +
∞
∑k =1
µ k
2(cos(ω 0t + (k ω 1t +φ k )) − cos(ω 0t − (k ω 1t +φ k )))
(D.2.4)
i.e. each harmonic of the modulating signal is upconverted around the carrier and attentuated
by 1/k f 1 due to the integrating behaviour of the VCO. This signal has a magnitude spectrum
density of:
|SFM ( f )| ≈ A
δ ( f − f 0) +
∞
∑k =1
µ k
2(δ ( f − f 0 + k f 1)) +δ ( f − f 0 − k f 1))
(D.2.5)
D.3 Phase / Frequency Shift Keying
Phase / Frequency Shift Keying are special cases of periodical modulation signals - the signal
phase resp. frequency are modulated with a rectangular signal. The instant phase / frequency
is calculated easily but cannot be measured. The measurement process always takes some
kind of averaging and filtering which must be specified in order to interpret the results.
D.4 Statistical Modulation Signals
Similiar to the last section D.2, the modulation with a non-periodic signal vn(t ) (e.g. noise)
can be analysed in the frequency domain. vn(t ) creates a phase modulation of:
φ n(t ) = 2π K vco
t
−∞vn(τ ) d τ
The effect of this phase modulation can be calculated with the help of its Fourier integral:
Φnn(t ) = F
2π K vco
t
−∞vn(τ ) d τ
= 2π K vco
V nn( f )
j2π f = K vco
V nn( f )
j f (D.4.1)
It has been assumed, that vn(t ) is DC-free, i.e. V nn( f ) = 0. The resulting VCO output signalis calculated using the inverse Fourier transforms (A.2.1) and (A.2.3):
svco(t ) = A cos(ω 0t +φ n(t ))
= A cosω 0t +F−1 Φnn( f )
= A cos
ω 0t + K vco F
−1
V nn( f )
j f
= A cos
ω 0t + K vco
∞
−∞
V nn( f )
j f
e j2π f t d f
= A cosω 0t + 2π K vco ∞
−∞ReF
t
−∞
vn(τ ) d τ cos2π ft d f (D.4.2)
2In general, it would not be possible to use this approach - frequency modulation is a non-linear operation,
therefore the superposition principle is not valid.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
D.4 Statistical Modulation Signals 165
See also [Gar79, pp. 25-31, 100-105].
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
166 FM / PM Signals
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Appendix E
Signal Energy and Power
E.1 The Basics: Energy
A signal s can be described in the time or in the frequency domain, but the energy of the
signal must be the same in both domains:
E =
∞
−∞s2(t )dt = φ E
SS(0) =
∞
0|S E ( f )|2d f (E.1.1)
(Parseval’s Theorem) where φ E SS(0) is the impulse or energy auto correlation function (ACF):
φ E SS(τ )
.=
∞
−∞
s(t )s(t +τ ) dt (E.1.2)
The Fourier transform of φ E SS(τ ) is the energy density spectrum |S E ( f )|2 [Luk85, p. 82]:
φ E SS(τ ) = s(−τ ) ∗ s(τ ) −• = S∗( f ) · S( f ) = |S E ( f )|2 (E.1.3)
This equation is the Wiener-Khinchine Theorem for energy signals. It shows that the ACF of
a signal can be calculated from the magnitude spectrum of its Fourier transform alone, the
phase spectrum is not needed. This is especially important for random processes where the
phase spectrum is difficult or impossible to determine (spectrum analyzers only measure the
magnitude spectrum) - see next section.
E.2 The Basics: Power
Signals with infinite energy (periodic signals or infinite statistical processes) must be charac-
terized by their power (squared time average or energy per time) instead of their energy:
P = s2(t ) = limT →∞
1
2T
T
−T s2(t )dt (E.2.1)
Here, “power” is used with the definition of system theory, i.e. the square of a signal. Usually,
a real physical power can be obtained by multiplying or dividing this value with a constant.
When the signal is e.g. a voltage, divide by the impedance to get the power.
The direct Fourier transform of statistical processes is not defined - but it is possible to cal-
culate the Fourier transform of the process’ ACF (E.2.2)
φ SS(τ ) = s(t )s(t +τ ) = limT →∞
1
2T
T
−T s(t )s(t +τ )dt (E.2.2)
167
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
168 Signal Energy and Power
φ SS(τ ) is the power auto correlation function (ACF) which is defined per time. Note that the
ACF of energy (E.1.2) and power signals (E.2.2) are defined differently [Luk85, p. 131]. The
Fourier transform of φ SS(τ ) reveals the spectral properties of the process:
φ SS(τ ) −• ΦSS( f ) =S2( f )
(E.2.3)
ΦSS( f ) is the power spectral density of the signal/process with the unit power per frequency,
it can be measured using e.g. a spectrum analyzer. (E.2.3) is the actual Wiener-Khinchine
Theorem, it is very important for calculating / measuring the power of statistical processes.
Similiar to Parseval’s Theorem (E.1.1), signal power can be calculated in the time domain
(E.2.1) or in the frequency domain via its ACF (E.2.4), whatever comes more handy:
P = φ SS(0) = ∞
−∞
ΦSS( f )d f (E.2.4)
For T 1-periodical signals or T 1-cyclostationary processes, (E.2.1) and (E.2.2) can be simpli-
fied:
P =1
T 1
T 1
0s2(t )dt (E.2.5)
φ SS(τ ) =1
T 1
T 1
0s(t )s(t +τ )dt with 0 ≤ τ ≤ T 1 (E.2.6)
E.3 Power of a Periodic Signal
The two ways for calculating signal power will be demonstrated once more:
E.3.1 Calculation of Signal Power in the Time Domain
The power of a sinusoidal signal s(t ) = Acosω 1t is calculated using (E.2.5):
P =A2
T 1
T 1
0cos2(ω 1t )dt
=A2
T 1
t
2+
1
4ω 1sin2ω 1t
T 1
0
=A2
T 1· T 1
2=
A2
2
as expected. A phase shift in the signal doesn’t change the power, therefore this result can be
applied to any sinusoidal signal.
The power of a general periodic signal with period T 1 can be calculated by expanding the
signal into a Fourier series s(t ) = c0 + ∑∞k =1 ck cos(k ω 1t +φ k ) using (E.2.5) and (A.4.12):
P =1
T 1
T 1
0
c0 +
∞
∑k =1
ck cos(k ω 1t +φ k )
2
dt
=1
T 1
T 1
0c2
0 +∞
∑k =1
c2k cos2 (k ω 1t ) dt
= c20 +
∞
∑k =1
c2k
2
(E.3.1)
because the cosine terms in the Fourier series are orthogonal, i.e. for k , l = 0,1,2, . . .
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
E.4 Power of Statistical Processes 169
1
T 1 T 1
0cos(k ω 1t +φ k )cos(lω 1t +φ l ) dt = 0 for
|k
| =
|l
|12
for |k | = |l| (E.3.2)
When the signal is a pure sinusoid, all Fourier coefficients are zero except for c1 = A. In this
case, (E.3.1) again gives a power of A2/2.
E.3.2 Calculation of Signal Power from the Auto-Correlation Function
The power spectral density of a periodic signal is calculated via its ACF (E.2.6):
φ SS(τ ) =1
T 1 T 1
0s(t )s(t +τ ) dt with 0 ≤ τ ≤ T 1
=1
T 1
T 1
0
c0 +
∞
∑k =1
ck cos(k ω 1t +φ k )
c0 +
∞
∑l=1
cl cos(lω 1t + lω 1τ +φ l)
dt
=1
T 1
T 1
0
c2
0 +∞
∑k =1
c2k cos(k ω 1t +φ k )cos(k ω 1t + k ω 1τ +φ k )
dt
= c20 +
1
T 1
∞
∑k =1
c2k
2
T 1
0cos(k ω 1τ )
...=cos(...)·t
+cos(2k ω 1t + 2φ k +τ ) ...=0
dt
= c20 +
∞
∑k =1
c2k
2·cos(k ω 1τ ) (E.3.3)
Again, the product of the sum of cosine terms was simplified by using the orthogonality of
the cosine functions (E.3.2). The remaining sum of products was further simplified by using
the trignonometric theorem (G.3.8). The total power of the signal is easily calculated from
its ACF (E.3.3):
P = φ SS(0) = c20 +
∞
∑k =1
c2k
2(E.3.4)
which is identical to (E.3.1).
E.3.3 Calculation of Signal Power in the Frequency Domain
Taking the Fourier transform of the ACF (E.3.3) gives the power spectral density:
S2( f ) = ΦSS( f ) = F(φ SS(τ )) = c2
0δ (0) +∞
∑k =1
c2k
2δ ( f − k f 1) with f ≥ 0 (E.3.5)
Using Parseval’s theorem (E.1.1) with (E.3.5) allows the calculation of the signal power in
the frequency domain by integratingS2( f )
over the whole frequency range. The result is
again identical to (E.3.1).
E.4 Power of Statistical Processes
A statistical process n(t ) can be described by its statistical properties (average, standard de-
viation etc.) or by the power spectral density Φnn( f ) of its autocorrelation function φ nn(τ ).
The power can be calculated both ways:
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
170 Signal Energy and Power
Equation (E.2.1) allows calculating the signal power of a statistical process with gaussian
amplitude distribution:
Pn = n2(t ) = limT →∞
1
2T
T
−T n2(t )dt = m2 +σ 2n = m2 + var (n(t )) (E.4.1)
where m is the average (DC), σ n the standard deviation and var the variance of n(t ).
For the case of time-discrete processes, the formula looks very similiar:
Pn = s2(n) =1
N − 1
N
∑n=1
s2(n) = m2 +σ 2n = m2 + var (n(t )) (E.4.2)
In the frequency domain, the power spectral density of the auto correlation function, Φnn( f ),
is used to calculate the power:
Pn =
∞
−∞Φnn( f )d f (E.4.3)
If the power spectral density of white noise really was constant, Φnn( f ) = N 0, its total noise
power would be infinite. In reality, all processes have a limited bandwidth, even the thermal
noise itself is low-pass limited by the atomic motion to ca. 1013Hz.
Note: Another measure is phase noise L ( f ): The concept of phase noise is used for systems
with a fixed frequency and little amplitude noise contribution, i.e. nearly all the noise power
is caused by random phase modulation ∆φ (t ), i.e. Pn = Pn, A + Pn,φ ≈ Pn,φ . Examples for
this are oscillators (amplitude noise is suppressed by regulating or limiting the amplitude) or
digital signals (clipped amplitude):
s(t ) = A cos(ω 0t + ∆φ (t ))
E.5 Power of FM / PM Modulated Signals
The total power of a FM / PM modulated signal can be calculated easily: it is independent
of the modulation because the amplitude stays constant. FM / PM modulation “smears” the
power over a broader frequency range or several discrete frequency lines. Usually, one is
interested in the spectral power density of this modulation spectrum (wanted or unwanted).
The power spectral density of a frequency modulated signal can be calculated like that of a
“normal” periodic signal (E.3.5) for two special cases: for sinusoidal modulation (D.1.1) orfor low modulation indices (narrowband case) (D.2.4) when the non-linear frequency modu-
lation can be linearized.
Sinusoidal Modulation
When a sinusoidal signal with amplitude m and frequency f 1 modulates a VCO with gain
K vco, the resulting FM signal has a modulation index of µ = K vcom/ f 1 and can be written as
(D.1.1):
sFM (t ) = A∞
∑k =−∞
J k (µ )cos(ω 0t + k (ω 1t +φ 1))
with a power spectral density of
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
E.5 Power of FM / PM Modulated Signals 171
S2FM ( f )=
A2
2
∞
∑k =−∞ J
2k (µ ) (δ ( f − f 0 − k f 1) +δ ( f + f 0 + k f 1)) (E.5.1)
This can be shown by calculating the ACF as in (E.3.3). Again, the cosine functions are
orthogonal when integrating over a period of T 1. The total power of this signal is
P =A2
2J 20 (µ )
carrier
+ A2∞
∑k =1
J 2k (µ ) modulation
≈ A2
2+
A2
4µ 2 (E.5.2)
Obviously, this approximation is not quite true: A2/2 is the power of the unmodulated carrier,
some of its power must be shifted to the modulation. Still, the term A2/4 · µ 2 is a useful
approximation for the modulation power.
Harmonic Signal Modulation with a Low Modulation Index
The low-modulation index case looks similiar: when a periodical signal with Fourier co-
efficients ck and base frequency f 1 modulates a VCO, the resulting FM signal (with low-
modulation indices µ k ) can be written as (D.2.4)
sFM (t ) ≈ A
cosω 0t +
∞
∑k =1
µ k
2(cos(ω 0t + (k ω 1t +φ k )) − cos(ω 0t − (k ω 1t +φ k )))
where µ k =K vcock
k f 1
and has a PSD of
S2FM ( f )
=A2
2
δ ( f − f 0) +
∞
∑k =1
µ 2k
2(δ ( f − f 0 − k f 1) +δ ( f + f 0 + k f 1))
(E.5.3)
The total power of this signal is:
P ≈ A2
2 carrier
+A2
2
∞
∑k =1
µ 2k modulation
=A2
2+
1
2
AK vco
f 1
2 ∞
∑k =1
c2k
k 2(E.5.4)
Modulation by Noise
Carrier and noise power of a carrier with weak phase modulation can be calculated with theapproximations sin(∆φ (t )) ≈ ∆φ (t ) and cos(∆φ (t )) ≈ 1 (where ∆φ is given in rad):
s(t ) = Acos(ω 0t + ∆φ (t ))
= Acosω 0t cos(∆φ (t )) − Asinω 0t sin(∆φ (t ))
≈ A (cosω 0t − sin(ω 0t ) ·∆φ (t )) (E.5.5)
The power of this signal is:
P =A2
T 0
T 0
0cos2ω 0t
T 0/2
−2cosω 0t sinω 0t ∆φ (t )
=0
+sin2ω 0t ∆φ 2(t ) dt
=A2
2
1 +
1
T 0
T 0
0∆φ 2(t ) dt
= PC + P N (E.5.6)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
172 Signal Energy and Power
where PC = A2/2 is the power of the carrier and P N is the noise power. The noise to signal
ratio is equal to the RMS phase error:
P N
PC
=1
T 0
T 0
0∆φ 2(t ) dt = φ 2rms (E.5.7)
In the frequency domain, phase noise L ( f ) is defined as the relative (i.e. referred to the
carrier) spectral power per sideband at an offset f from the carrier, assuming that there is no
noise power due to amplitude modulation. In this case, phase noise is defined simply as
L ( f ) =1
2
Φnn( f )
PC
(E.5.8)
where PC is the carrier power and the factor 1/2 comes from using only one sideband.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Appendix F
Second Order (PT2)
Approximation
Suche das einfachste Gesetz, das mit
den Fakten harmoniert.
Ludwig Wittgenstein
F.1 Basic PT2 SystemMany real world control system can be approximated by second order systems, i.e. systems
whose transfer function contains two poles. The idea is to ignore the higher poles: As a rule-
of-thumb, the response of a third-order system can be approximated by the dominant roots of
the second-order system as long as the real part of the dominant roots is less than 110
of the
real part of the third root [Dor92, p. 166]. Put into simpler words: the higher order poles have
to be so far up in frequency that they do not have significant influence on the phase margin
etc. The advantage of second order systems is that they can be treated analytically without
too much hassle, important characteristics like bandwidth, settling time, amount of peaking
etc. can be easily extracted [Dor92, pp. 45 - 52, 161 - 168, 313 - 316]. Therefore, it’s worth
looking at second order systems in greater detail. A general description for a second order
system is given by:
C (s) =ω 2n
s2 + 2ζω ns +ω 2n=
1
s2/ω 2n + 2 (ζ /ω n) s + 1(F.1.1)
=ω 2n
s +ζω n + ζ 2 −1 ω n
s +ζω n −
ζ 2 −1 ω n
(F.1.2)
= −ω n
2√
ζ 2−1
s +ζω n + ζ 2 − 1 ω n
+
ω n
2√
ζ 2−1
s +ζω n − ζ 2 −1 ω n
(F.1.3)
(F.1.1) is the s-plane representation of the closed-loop transfer function of a second-order
system (two poles, no zero). ω n (unit: rad/s) is the natural frequency and ζ (dimensionless)
is called damping ratio. The meaning of these terms will become clear when looking at the
173
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
174 Second Order (PT2) Approximation
ωn
j
ωj
ζ = 1
ζ > 1
ζ < 1
ζ = 0
0
ζ = 0
σ
ζ > 1
Figure F.1: Root locus plot of C (s) as ζ varies with constant ω n
transient step response of the system (F.1.4). The characteristic equation (i.e. the denominator
of C (s)) is factored (F.1.2) to find its two roots which are the poles of the system. Applying
partial fraction expansion (F.1.3) makes it easier to find the transient response of the system
by applying inverse Laplace transform.
c(t ) =
ω n sin(ω nt ) for ζ = 0
ω ne−ζω nt 1−ζ 2
sin
1−ζ 2 ω nt
for 0 < ζ < 1
ω ne−ω nt for ζ = 1
ω n
2 ζ 2 −1
e−ω n
ζ −
√ζ 2−1
t − e
−ω n
ζ +
√ζ 2−1
t
for ζ > 1
(F.1.4)
where θ .
= arccosζ . The transient behaviour (F.1.4) depends strongly on the damping ratio ζ :
Undamped oscillation: ζ = 0
The two poles of C (s), s1,2 =
± jω n, sit on the imaginary axis (fig. F.1) and the system oscil-
lates without damping at the frequency ω n.
Underdamped system: 0 < ζ < 1
Increasing the damping ratio ζ gives an underdamped system with conjugate complex poles
s1,2 = −ζ nω n ± jω n
1−ζ 2 for 0 < ζ < 1
Increasing ζ lets the poles wander towards the negative real axis on an arc. In the time do-
main, this corresponds to an increasingly exponentially damped sinusoidal signal response
with a ringing frequency of ω n
1−ζ 2 (fig. 2.8).
Critically damped system: ζ = 1
For ζ = 1 the two poles meet on the real axis; the impulse response is an exponential decay
with one time constant.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
F.2 PT2 System with a Zero 175
Overcritically damped system: ζ > 1
ζ > 1 gives two real poles,
s1,2 = −ω n
ζ ±
ζ 2 −1
for ζ ≥ 1
the system is overdamped ; its impulse response is an exponential decay (no ringing) with two
time constants.
Integrating the impulse response (F.1.4) gives the step response cε (t ) (F.1.5). Alternatively,
C (s) (F.1.1) can be multiplied by 1/s before calculating the inverse Laplace transform.
cε (t ) =
1− sin(ω nt ) for ζ = 0
1− e−ζω nt 1−ζ 2
sin
1− ζ 2 ω nt +θ
for 0 < ζ < 1
ω n
2 ζ 2 −1
e−ω n
ζ −
√ζ 2−1
t − e
−ω n
ζ +
√ζ 2−1
t
for ζ ≥ 1
(F.1.5)
[Lee98, p.413 f] collects some useful approximations for second order systems with 0 < ζ <1.
F.2 PT2 System with a Zero
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
176 Second Order (PT2) Approximation
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Appendix G
Bits and Pieces
G.1 Normal Distribution and Error Function
−200 0 200 400 600 800 10001
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
m = 5, σ = 1
−3σ
+3σ
A m p
l i t u d e
[ V ]
time (s)
Signal with normal distribution and its PDF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
P r o
b a
b i l i t y D e n s
i t y ( B i n )
Figure G.1: PDF of random process with Gaussian distribution
Many naturally occurring random processes (resistor noise, antenna noise etc.) can be de-
scribed by a Gaussian amplitude distribution (fig. G.1. The Gaussian Distribution or Normal
Distribution ps,G( x) describes the probability density function of such a random process s:
ps,G( x) =1√
2πσ 2e
−( x−m)2
2σ 2 (G.1.1)
It is completely defined by its mean value m and its standard deviation σ (see Fig. G.2).
177
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
178 Bits and Pieces
−10 −8 −6 −4 −2 0 2 4 6 8 100
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
x
p s , G
( x )
σ = 3
σ = 1
m = 2
Figure G.2: Gaussian Distribution for m=2 and σ = 1 / σ = 3
The total area under the Gaussian distribution is always 1. Due to symmetry reasons, the
area between −∞ and m is 1/2. Taking the integral Ps,G( x) of the probability density function
ps,G( z) from −∞ to x gives the probability that the process s is below the limit x:
Ps,G( x) =
x
−∞ ps,G( z) dz =
1√2πσ 2
x
−∞e
−( z−m)2
2σ 2 dz (G.1.2)
=1
2+
1√2πσ 2
x
me
−( z−m)2
2σ 2 dz (G.1.3)
This integral cannot be solved in closed form, but the integral of the normalized and centered
Gaussian distribution p0,g( x) (m = 0, σ = 1), the so-called Gaussian Error Integral P0,G( x)can be found in mathematical tables [BS81, pp. 18ff]:
P0,G( x) = x
−∞
p0,G( z) dz
=1√2π
x
−∞e
− z2
2 dz =1
2+
1√2π
x
0e
− z2
2 dz (G.1.4)
=1
2+
1
2erf
x√2
Alternatively, the so-called Error Function, erf(x), is found in books. The Error Function is
twice the Gaussian integral with m = 0 and σ = 1/√
2 (see Fig. G.3):
erf ( x) =2√π
x
0e− z2
dz (G.1.5)
= 2P0,G√
2 x−1
=2√π
x − x3
3 ·1!+
x5
5 ·2!− x7
7 ·3!· · ·
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
G.1 Normal Distribution and Error Function 179
−2 −1.5 −1 −0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2−1
−0.8
−0.6
−0.4
−0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
x
e r f ( x
)
Figure G.3: Error Function erf(x)
The Complementary Error Function, erfc(x), is quite commonly used to describe the proba-
bility of a process to be above or outside a limit x:
erfc( x) = 2√π ∞
xe− z
2
dz = 1− erf ( x) (G.1.6)
Using the definitions of (G.1.4) and (G.1.5), (G.1.2) can be reformulated:
Ps,G( x) = P0,G
x − m
σ
(G.1.7)
=1
2erfc
x − m√
2σ
=
1
2+
1
2erf
x − m√
2σ
EXAMPLE 19: Thermal noise at the input of a comparator
A thermal noise voltage with a mean (DC) voltage of m = 450mV and a standard
deviation of σ = 10mV is applied to a comparator. What is the probability for
the noise voltage to exceed the comparator threshold of 500mV?
Ps,G(500mV ) =1
2+
1
2erf
500mV −450mV √
2 ·10mV
= 1− 2.9 ·10−7
gives the probability for the noise voltage being below the comparator threshold.
It can be seen easily that the amplitude of the noise needs to have a value of 5σ or
more to exceed the threshold of the comparator. This happens with a probability
of 2.9 ·10−7 (Table G.1), i.e. it exceeds the threshold for less than a second per
month.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
180 Bits and Pieces
In theory, a random process with Gaussian amplitude distribution will reach any amplitude
value once in a while - but you may have to wait very, very long to see that happen ... There-
fore, in practical applications, it is often assumed that the amplitude of such a process stays
within ±3σ . This limit is exceeded with a probability of 0.135 % (Table G.1).
x σ 2σ 3σ 4σ 5σ 6σ
1− Ps,G( x) 0.159 0.0228 1.35 ·10−3 3.17 ·10−5 2.87 ·10−7 9.87 ·10−10
erf(x)
Table G.1: Function Values of Error Integral (m = 0)
G.2 Bessel Functions
Bessel functions are useful for expanding terms like cos(ω 0t +α sinω 1t ) which occur fre-
quently in FM / PM calculations. Bessel functions of the first kind with order ν are defined
by [BS81, pp. 7ff,440ff]:
J ν ( x) =∞
∑n=0
(−1)n xν +2n
2ν +2n n!Γ (ν + n + 1)(G.2.1)
For integer values of ν , the Gamma function [BS81, pp. 6, 103] is defined by Γ (n + 1) = n!,
allowing an easier power series expansion:
J ν ( x) =∞
∑n=0
(−1)n xν +2n
2ν +2nn!(ν + n)!≈ 1
ν !
x
2
ν for | x| 1 (G.2.2)
e.g.
J 0( x) =∞
∑n=0
(−1)n x2n
22n(n!)2= 1− x2
4+
x4
64− x6
2304+ . . .
J 1( x) =∞
∑n=0
(−1)n x2n+1
22n+1n!(n + 1)!=
x
2− x3
16+
x5
384− . . .
J 2( x) =∞
∑n=0
(−1)n x2n+2
22n+2n!(n + 2)!=
x2
8+
x4
96− x6
3072+ . . .
· · ·The power series expansions for the Bessel functions of order 0 and 1 (and the functions
themselves) look quite similiar to the sine and cosine functions (G.3.20) and (G.3.21).
Some theorems for Bessel functions:
J −n( x) = (−1)n J n( x) (G.2.3)∞
∑n=−∞
J n( x) = J 0( x) + 2∞
∑n=1
J 2n( x) (G.2.4)
J n−1( x) + J n+1( x) =2n
xJ n( x) (G.2.5)
sin(α sinω t ) =∞∑
n=−∞ J n(α )sin(nω t ) (G.2.6)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
G.3 Trigonometric Theorems and Identities 181
−10 −8 −6 −4 −2 0 2 4 6 8 10
−0.6
−0.4
−0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
x
J ( x )
i=0
i=1
i=2
i=3
i
Figure G.4: Bessel Functions 0th to 3rd order
= 2∞
∑n=1
J 2n−1(α )sin((2n −1)ω t ) (G.2.7)
cos(α sinω t ) =∞
∑n=−∞
J n(α )cos(nω t ) (G.2.8)
= J 0(α ) + 2∞
∑n=1
J 2n(α )cos(2nω t ) (G.2.9)
cos(ω 0t +α sinω 1t ) =∞
∑n=
−∞
J n(α )cos(ω 0t + nω 1t ) (G.2.10)
cos(ω 0t +α sin(ω 1t +φ 1)) =∞
∑n=−∞
J n(α )cos(ω 0t + n(ω 1t +φ 1)) (G.2.11)
sin(ω 0t +α sinω 1t ) =∞
∑n=−∞
J n(α )sin(ω 0t + nω 1t ) (G.2.12)
(G.2.6) and (G.2.8) are the “textbook” equations from which (G.2.10) and (G.2.12) have been
derived using (G.3.12). In (G.2.11) the modulating signal has been phase shifted.
G.3 Trigonometric Theorems and Identities
Sine Function
sinα = cos(α − π
2) (G.3.1)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
182 Bits and Pieces
sinα · sinβ =1
2[cos(α −β ) − cos(α +β )] (G.3.2)
sin2α =1
2(1− cos2α ) (G.3.3)
sin3α =1
4(3sinα − sin3α ) (G.3.4)
sinnα = (G.3.5)
sin(α ±β ) = sinα cosβ ± cosα sinβ (G.3.6)
Cosine Function
cos(α ) = sin(α +π
2) (G.3.7)
cosα ·cosβ =1
2[cos(α −β ) + cos(α +β )] (G.3.8)
cos2α = 12
(1 + cos2α ) (G.3.9)
cos3α =1
4(3cosα cos3α ) (G.3.10)
cosnα = (G.3.11)
cos(α ±β ) = cosα cosβ sinα sinβ (G.3.12)
1 + 2∞
∑n=1
cos(2π nt ) =∞
∑n=−∞
δ (t − n) (G.3.13)
arccos(α ) = arctan
√1−α 2
α (G.3.14)
Mixed Sine and Cosine Function
sinα · cosβ = 12
[sin(α −β ) + sin(α +β )] (G.3.15)
sinα · cosα =1
2sin2α (G.3.16)
Euler Identity
cosα + j sinα = e jα (G.3.17)
cosα =e jα + e− jα
2(G.3.18)
sinα =e jα − e− jα
2 j(G.3.19)
Power Series Expansion for Sine and Cosine Functions
sin( x) =∞
∑n=0
(−1)n x2n+1
(2n + 1)!= x − x3
6+
x5
120− . . . ≈ x for | x| 1 (G.3.20)
cos( x) =∞
∑n=0
(−1)n x2n
(2n)!= 1− x2
2+
x4
24− . . . ≈ 1 for | x| 1; (G.3.21)
1− cos( x) =x2
2− x4
24+ . . . ≈ x2
2for | x| 1 (G.3.22)
G.4 Quadratic Equation
The equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has two solutions - real or complex -
x1,2 =−b ±√b2 −4ac
2a(G.4.1)
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
G.5 Differentials and Integrals 183
G.5 Differentials and Integrals
See [BS81, pp. 35ff].
d
dt sinω t = ω cosω t
sinω t dt = − 1
ω cosω t +C (G.5.1)
d
dt cosω t = −ω sinω t
cosω t dt =
1
ω sinω t +C (G.5.2)
d
dt sin2ω t = 2ω sinω t cosω t = ω sin2ω t (G.5.3)
sin2ω t dt =t
2− 1
4ω sin2ω t +C (G.5.4)
cos2ω t dt =t
2+
1
4ω sin2ω t +C (G.5.5)
dxa2 + x2
= 1a
arctan xa
+C (G.5.6) dx
x2 (a2 + x2)= − 1
a2 x− 1
a3arctan
x
a+C (G.5.7)
Integration of the Sine Function
Strictly spoken, the integral
φ (t ) =
t
−∞cosω 1τ d τ
= 0
−∞
cosω 1τ d τ + t
0
cosω 1τ d τ
= C +1
ω 1sinω 1t where C =
0
−∞cosω 1τ d τ (G.5.8)
does not converge. However, the integral from −∞ to zero represents a constant phase C that
is bounded between
− 1
ω 1≤ C ≤ 1
ω 1(G.5.9)
and can be set to zero for most applications [Luk85, p. 234].
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
184 Bits and Pieces
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Appendix H
Variable and Acronym Definitions
Variable Meaning Definition Unit
A Amplitude - V or A
A0 Carrier Amplitude - V or A
C (s) Output (control theory) C (s) = T (s) R(s) -
D Fixed division ratio between VCO and
synthesizer output
f out = f vco/ D 1
F Fractional part of division ratio N , written
as N .F
F = frac( N )
= N F F mod
1
F mod Number of reference cycles per modulus
cycle
F mod = T mod T re f
1
F (s) Transfer function of loop filter - (→ K F )
G(s) Forward transfer function of process or
plant, here, usually the PLL forward path
G(s) = K O/s 1
H (s) Transfer function of feedback path, here,
usually the divider transfer function
- 1
K F Loop filter gain constant, unit depends on
type of loop filter and PD - can be Ω, 1 or
Ω−1
- ←
K O Open loop gain factor K O = K ΦK F K VCO 1
K VCO VCO gain factor - Hz / V
K Φ PD gain, unit depends on PD type - can
be A / rad or V / rad
- ←
N Main division ratio N = N I + N F 1 N F Number of cycles with N (t ) = N + 1 per
modulus cycle
- 1
N I Integer part of division ratio N N I = int( N ) 1
N 0 Noise power density - W/Hz
P Power - W
R Division ratio of reference divider f re f = f sys/ R 1
R Resistance - Ω R(s) Input, stimulus - -
T Period or time duration (also look under
f xxx instead T xxx)
T = 1/ f s
T (s) Closed-loop transfer functionT (s) = C (s)
R(s)
= G(s)1+G(s) H (s)
1
185
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
186 Variable and Acronym Definitions
Variable Meaning Definition Unit
T ABL
Minimum duration of PD / CP - pulses
(Anti-BackLash)
- s
T mod Modulus period T mod = F mod T re f s
T w Pulse width - s
f Frequency - Hz
f 0 Carrier or VCO frequency - Hz
f 3dB Frequency where the closed loop gain has
dropped by 3dB (3dB bandwidth)
|T ( f 3dB)| = |T (0)|/√
2 Hz/s
f B (Signal) bandwidth - Hz
f FR Free running VCO frequency (V ctrl = 0) - Hz
f S Sampling frequency - Hz
f c Frequency where the open loop gain be-
comes 1 (crosses the 0 dB line)
|GH ( f c)| = 1 Hz/s
f div Divided VCO frequency at the PD f div = f O/ N Hz f m Modulation frequency - Hz
f out Output frequency of synthesizer f out = f vco/ D Hz
f re f Reference frequency at the PD / CP f re f = f sys/ R Hz
f s Frequency of spurious sideband - Hz
f vco VCO frequency - Hz
∆ f s Distance of spurious sideband from car-
rier
- Hz
f sys System frequency (crystal frequency
from which f re f is derived)
f sys = R f re f Hz
w Weight (area) of a single pulse w = +∞−∞ s(t )dt Vs or As
s Complex frequency s = σ + jω -
s(t ) Generalized signal - e.g. V or AS( f ) Power spectral density of s(t ) Fs(t ) W/Hz
t Time as a variable - s
α Duty cycle α = T w/T 1
µ Modulation indexµ = ∆ f / f m
= K vco f m/m1
φ Phase - here, ”phase” usually means ”ex-
cess phase”, i.e. without the part ω t that
increases in a linear fashion over time.
- rad
φ 0 VCO or carrier phase - rad
φ div Divided VCO (excess) phase (at PD) φ div = φ 0/ N rad
φ e Excess or error phase: the difference of
input phases at the PD
φ e = φ re f −φ div rad
φ m Phase margin of the loop - rad
φ re f Reference (excess) phase (at PD) - rad
Φ(s) Phase in the frequency domain - rad
ω Circular frequency (also look under f xxx
instead ω xxx)
ω = 2π f rad / s
ω n Eigenfrequency of second order system
(closed loop) - ω n has no relation with the
input or output frequency of the PLL! It is
rather a sort of gain-bandwidth product of
the PLL. For a second order system with
→ ζ = 0.707, ω n = ω c = ω 3dB
- rad/s
σ Standard deviation - 1
σ Real part of complex frequency σ = Res 1ζ Damping factor of a second order system - 1
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
187
Telecommunication business is notorious for its TLAs (Three Letter Acronyms) - this book
also uses quite a few:
Acronym Meaning
ABL Anti BackLash (pulses)
ACF Auto Correlation Function
AWGN Added White Gaussian Noise
CMOS Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
CP Charge Pump
DMD Dual Modulus Divider
GSM Global System for Mobile communication, originally Global
Systeme Mondial
LF Low Frequency
LTI Linear Time-Invariant (system)
MMD Multi Modulus DividerOSR Oversampling Ratio
PD Phase Detector, also used for Phase Frequency Detector
PFD Phase Frequency Detector
PSD Power Spectral Density
PLL Phase Locked Loop
RF Radio Frequency
VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
188 Variable and Acronym Definitions
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
Bibliography
[Bes98] Roland Best. Theorie und Anwendungen des Phase-Locked Loop. AT Verlag,
Aarau / Stuttgart, 1998. German PLL Bible, no CP PLLs.
[BS81] Bronstein and Semendjajew. Taschenbuch der Mathematik . Verlag Harri Deutsch,Thun, 21st edition, 1981.
[CS98] Jan Craninckx and Michel S. J. Steyaert. A fully integrated cmos dcs-1800 fre-
quency synthesizer. Journal of Solid-State Circuits, 33:2054–2065, Dez. 1998.
Dual Path Loop Filter, Loop Filter Calculations, Prescaler.
[Dor92] Richard C. Dorf. Modern Control Theory. Addison-Wesley Publishing, Reading,
Mass., 6. edition, 1992. General control theory.
[Gar79] Floyd M. Gardener. Phaselock Techniques. John Wiley and Sons, New York,
1979. The PLL bible, but no CP’s.
[GM84] Paul R. Grey and Robert G. Meyer. Analog Integrated Circuits. John Wiley and
Sons, New York, 2nd edition, 1984. Thermal Noise, Noise Bandwidth.[GT86] Roubik Gregorian and Gabor C. Temes. Analog MOS Integrated Circuits for
Signal Processing. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1986. Switched Circuits,
Noise of SC-Filters / S & H Circuits.
[Kun98] Ken Kundert. Modeling and simulation of jitter in pll frequency synthesizers.
http://www.designers-guide.com, 1998.
[LB92] Thomas H. Lee and John F. Bulzacchelli. A 155 mhz clock recovery delay- and
phase locked loop. IEEE J. Solid-State Circuits, 27:1736–1746, Dez. 1992. Good
introduction into clock and data recovery and DLLs, describes Hogge’s, Triwave
and Modified Triwave Phase Detector in detail.
[Lee98] Thomas H. Lee. The Design of CMOS Radio-Frequency Integrated Circuits.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1998.
[LR00] Christopher Lam and Behzad Razavi. A 2.6-ghz/5.2-ghz frequency synthesizer in
0,4µ m cmos technology. Journal of Solid-State Circuits, 35:788–794, Mai 2000.
Loop filter noise, prescaler and PLL building blocks.
[Luk85] Hans-Dieter Luke. Signal¨ ubertragung. Springer Verlag, Berlin, 3rd edition, 1985.
General Communication Theory, Fourier Transformation, PM / FM modulation.
[NSE97] S.R. Norsworthy, R. Schreier, and G.C. Temes (Eds.). Delta-Sigma Data Con-
verter: Theory, Design, and Simulation. IEEE Press, New York, USA, 1997.
[Per97] Micheal Henderson Perrott. Techniques for High Data Rate Modulation and Low
Power Operation of Fractional-N Frequency Synthesizers. PhD thesis, Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1997. two-point modulator, dual path loop filter,
XOR+ PFD.
189
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
190 BIBLIOGRAPHY
[PK04] Joel Phillips and Ken Kundert. Noise in mixers, oscillators, samplers & logic an
introduction to cyclostationary noise. http://www.designers-guide.com, 2004.
[PM96] John G. Proakis and Dimitris G. Manolakis. Digital signal processing (3rd ed.):
principles, algorithms, and applications. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1996.
[RCK93] Tom A.D. Riley, Miles A. Copeland, and Tad A. Kwasniewski. Delta-Sigma
Modulation in Fractional- N Frequency Synthesis. IEEE J. Solid-State Circuits,
28(5):553–559, Mai 1993.
[Roh97] Ulrich L. Rohde. Microwave and Wireless Synthesizers. John Wiley and Sons,
New York, 1997. Loop Dynamics, Noise in the Loop.
[Smi99] Steven W. Smith. The Scientist and Engineer’s Guide to Digital Signal Process-
ing. California Technical Publishing, San Diego, USA, 2nd edition, 1999.
http://www.DSPguide.com.
[VFL+00] Cicero S. Vaucher, Igor Ferencic, Matthias Locher, Sebastian Sedvallson, Urs
Voegeli, and Zhenhua Wangothers. A family of low-power truly modular pro-
grammable dividers in standard 0.35-µ m cmos technology. Journal of Solid-State
Circuits, 35:1039–1045, Jul. 2000. Dual- and Multi-Modulus Divider Concepts.
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
List of Figures
1.1 Phase noise and spurious sidebands on the VCO output . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1 PLL block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162.2 PLL block diagram - control theory point of view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.3 Closed loop gain |T ( jω )| and noise bandwidth Bn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.4 Bode plot for open loop gain of type I, 2nd / 3rd order PLLs . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.5 Averaging loop filters of 1st / 2nd order (no zero) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.6 Root locus diagram for typ I, first order PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.7 Step response parameters: Overshoot, settling and steady-state error . . . . . 23
2.8 Step Response and Frequency Response of Type I, 2nd Order PLL . . . . . . 24
2.9 Averaging Loop Filters of 1st / 2nd order (one zero) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.10 Bode Plot for Open Loop Gain GH ( jω ) of Type I, 2nd / 3rd order PLLs (one zero) 26
2.11 Bode Plot for Open Loop Gain GH ( jω ) of type II, 3rd / 4th order PLL . . . . 27
2.12 Integrating Loop Filters of 1st / 2nd / 3rd order (one zero) . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.13 Root locus diagram for typ II, second order PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.14 Step Response and Frequency Response of Type II, 2nd Order PLL . . . . . . 29
2.15 Dual Path Loop Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.16 Impedance of Averaging Loop Filter (1 pole, no zero) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.17 Input Impedance of Averaging Loop Filter (1 pole and 1 zero) . . . . . . . . 33
2.18 Loop Filter Impedance / Effective Capacitance of Integrating Loop Filter . . . 34
2.19 Spectra of Pulses for (Non) Integrating Loop Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.1 Multiplier symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.2 Average multiplier output signal ud as function of phase error φ e . . . . . . . 39
3.3 Average multiplier output signal ud as function of frequency error f e . . . . . 39
3.4 Timing diagram for EXOR PD with identical frequency at its inputs . . . . . 40
3.5 Timing diagram for EXOR PD with different frequencies at its inputs . . . . 40
3.6 EXOR schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403.7 EXOR average output signal ud as function of phase error φ e . . . . . . . . . 41
3.8 Average EXOR output signal ud as function of frequency error f e . . . . . . . 41
3.9 EXOR+FD schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.10 Average EXOR+FD output signal ud as function of phase error φ e . . . . . . 42
3.11 Average EXOR+FD output signal ud as function of frequency error f e . . . . 43
3.12 Signals in the EXOR+ PD when f re f > f div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.13 Signals in the EXOR+ PD when f re f = f div (φ div < φ re f . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.14 JK Flip-flop schematic (neg. edge triggered) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.15 Average JK Flip-flop output signal ud as function of phase error φ e . . . . . . 45
3.16 Average JK Flip-flop output signal ud as function of frequency error f e . . . . 45
3.17 Tristate PFD schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.18 Average Tristate PFD output signal id as function of phase error φ e . . . . . . 46
3.19 Average Tristate PFD output signal ud as function of frequency error f e . . . 47
3.20 EXOR with bidirectional charge pump and integrating loop filter . . . . . . . 47
191
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
192 LIST OF FIGURES
3.21 EXOR with unidirectional charge pump and integrating loop filter . . . . . . 48
3.22 Basic 2/3 divider cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.23 Signals in a 2 / 3 divider cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.24 An 8/9 dual modulus prescaler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.25 Dual-modulus divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.26 Signals in a dual-modulus divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.27 Multi-modulus divider made from a Chain of 2/3 divider cells . . . . . . . . 50
3.28 Improved 2/3 divider cell with modulus enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.29 D-Flip-Flop in current mode logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.1 Frequency synthesizer using fractional-n techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.2 Timing diagram of 1st order fractional-N PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.3 Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.4 Spectral density of quantization noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.5 Spectral density of quantization noise with oversampling . . . . . . . . . . . 574.6 Delta modulation and demodulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.7 Delta modulation signal forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.8 Analog-to-Digital Converter using sigma-delta modulation . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.9 Digital delta-sigma modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.10 Digital integrator (one sample delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.11 Digital integrator (no delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.12 Digital delta-sigma modulation - equivalent represenation for quantization noise 62
4.13 Second order digital sigma-delta modulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.14 Second order digital sigma-delta modulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
5.1 Non-Integrating Loop Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
5.2 Realization of an IIR filter in direct form I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675.3 Realization of an IIR filter in direct form II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.4 IIR implementation of 1st order RC low pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.5 Integrating Loop Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
6.1 Spurious generation due to reference frequency leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
6.2 Block schematic of a PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
6.3 Comparison of single and double sided notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
6.4 Periodic Disturbance of Control Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
6.5 Disturbance Caused by DC Leakage Current I L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
6.6 Spectra of Single Short Pulses v p(t ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6.7 Spectra of Periodic Short Pulses ve(t ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6.8 Mismatch of Charge Pump Currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
6.9 Instant Frequency and Spectra of Divided, FM Modulated Signals . . . . . . 95
7.1 Characteristic behaviour of alpha spurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
7.2 Spurious generation due to downsampling of RF components . . . . . . . . . 99
7.3 Example for downsampling the TX output into the reference path . . . . . . . 100
7.4 Characteristic behaviour of beta spurs for D = 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
7.5 Spurious generation due to system frequency harmonics . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
7.6 Characteristic behaviour of Gamma-spurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
7.7 Spurious generation due to reference frequency leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7.8 Spurious generation due to system frequency leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.9 Reference / system frequency modulating the VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.10 Spurious generation due to modulation of LO buffer and divider . . . . . . . 107
7.11 LF injection into the system frequency path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
10.1 Upconversion of Noise Around the Carrier f 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
LIST OF FIGURES 193
10.2 PLL Block Diagram Showing Various Noise Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
10.3 Noise Transfer Function for Reference Clock, Divider and PD / CP . . . . . . 125
10.4 Noise Transfer Function for VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
10.5 Open loop VCO phase noise at an offset of f m from the carrier . . . . . . . . 132
B.1 Equivalent Circuit for Noise of RC Lowpass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
B.2 Noise transfer function and equivalent noise bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
C.1 Switched Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
C.2 Switched white noise, narrow pulses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
C.3 Switched white noise, wide pulses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
C.4 Switched bandlimited noise, narrow pulses α 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
C.5 Switched bandlimited noise, wide pulses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
D.1 Instant Frequency and Spectra of FM Modulated Signals . . . . . . . . . . . 162
F.1 Root locus plot of C (s) as ζ varies with constant ω n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
G.1 PDF of random process with Gaussian distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
G.2 Gaussian Distribution for m=2 and σ = 1 / σ = 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
G.3 Error Function erf(x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
G.4 Bessel Functions 0th to 3rd order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
194 LIST OF FIGURES
Christian Munker Phase Noise and Spurious Sidebands in Frequency Synthesizers v3.2 December 20, 2005
5/13/2018 2005-IfX-Muenker-Spurious Sidebands Phase Noise Basics 20051220 - slidepdf.com
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2005-ifx-muenker-spurious-sidebands-phase-noise-basics-2005
List of Tables
2.1 Attenuation of RC Lowpass Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.1 Overview of Phase Detector Types Suitable for Frequency Synthesis . . . . . 37
4.1 Operation of Phase Accumulator (F mod = 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
8.1 Operation of Phase Accumulator (F mod = 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
G.1 Function Values of Error Integral (m = 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180